Chevrolet 1995 Cavalier Owner`s manual

Chevrolet 1995 Cavalier Owner`s manual
Owner's Manual
0TI-? 1995 Chevrolet Cavalier Owner’s Manual
I
Seats and Restraint Systems
.............................................................
1-1
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the “SRS”
(Air Bag) System.
..................................................................2-1
3-1
Comfort Controls and AudioSystems .....................................................
FeaturesandControls
This section explains how to start and operate your Chevrolet.
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your
sound system.
.............................................................. 4-1
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
5-1
ProblemsontheRoad ..................................................................
YourDrivingandtheRoad
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or engine
overheating, etc.
............................................................
Maintenanceschedule ..................................................................
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
Customer Assistance Information ........................................................
ServiceandAppearanceCare
6-1
Here the manual tells you how to keep your Chevrolet running properly and looking good.
7-1
8-1
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service publications. It also
gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-4.
Index
................................................................................
9-1
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
i
We support voluntary
-
technician certification.
GM
GENERAL MOTORS,GM and the GM Emblem,
CHEVROLET and the Chevrolet Emblem and the
name Cavalier are registered trademarks of General
Motors Corporation.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
Natlonal institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
This manual includes the latest information at the time it
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitutethe name
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Motor Division whenever it appears inthis manual.
For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a
French Language Manual:
Please keepthis manual in your Chevrolet,so it will be
there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. If you
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new
owner can use it.
Aux propriktaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous procurer
un exemplaire de ce guide en fraqais chez votre
concessionaire ou au DGN Marketing Services Ltd.,
1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 10277238 A 0 Second Edition
ii
@Copyright General MotorsCorporation 1994
All Rights Reserved
The Heritage of Chevrolet
......................
I
I
I
Lauis Chevrolet, the other half of the team,
at the wheel of his experimental “Classic
Six, which entered production in 1912.
That year 2999 vehicles were produced.
”
The dynamic William C. “Billy”
Durant shiftedgears from making
carriages to making cars,
forming halfthe team that gave
birth to Chevrolet.
Bli
I
I
I
In 1932 Chevrolet introduced the
Synchro-Mesh transmission and
offered a host of
accessories-including such
niceties as a clock!
I
I
I
I
I
I
The legacy of America’s favorite
sportscar
began
in 1953, when 319
hand-assembled white Corvettes
launched the first use
fiberglass
of a
body in a production cal:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-,-,,,,-,,,,,,J
r
60's automotive excitement
included Chevrolet landmarks
like the Corvette Sting Ray,
the sporty Camaro, and
powerplants like the
legendary 327 V8.
Your new Chevrolet continues a tradition of quality and value.
How to Use This Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning
to end when they first receivetheir new vehicle. This
will help you learn about the features and controlsfor
your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find that pictures
and words work together to explain things quickly.
Index
A good place to look forwhat you need is the Index in
the back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all
that’s in the manual, and the page number where you’ll
find it.
Safety Warnings andSymbols
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
We use a box with gray background and the word
CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you if
you were to ignorethe warning.
In the gray caution area, we tell you what the hazard is.
Then we tell you what to do to help avoid orreduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could behurt.
You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this
book.
This safety symbol means
“Don’t,’’ “Don’t do this,” or
“Don’t let this happen.”
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find thesenotices:
In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
damage yourvehicle. Many times, this damage would
not be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly.
But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid the
damage.
c
NOTICE:
These mean thereis something that
could damage your vehicle.
When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colorsor
in different words.
You’ll also seewarning labels on your vehicle. They use
yellow for cautions, blue fornotices and the words
CAUTION or NOTICE.
vii
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
A
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
CAUSTIC
BATTERY
ACID COULD
CAUSE
BURNS
Q 4
viii
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMP
TURN
SIGNALS
6
i
BATTERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
I
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
SEAT
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
POWER
WINDOW
HIGH
LAMPSoR
BEAM
,\I/,
FOG LAMPS
=o
=
$0
-F-
FUSE
RELEASE
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
BRAKE
RADIATOR
COOLANT
BELTS
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
i
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
FASTEN
These symbols
have to do with
your lights:
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
Vehicle Symbols
These are someof the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
I-1
a
RADIO
VOLUME
(0)
a
43
CONDITIONING
AIR
FUEL
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE W
VENTILATING
FAN
TEMP
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKE
b
&
OIL
(@)
LIGHTER
HORN
SPEAKER
)b.
b
0Section 1
SeatsandRestraintSystems
Here you’ll find information about the seats
in your
Chevrolet and how to use your safety belts properly.
You can also learn about some things
you should not do
with air bags and safety belts.
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tellsyou about the seats-- how to adjust
them -- and also about reclining seatbacks and head
restraints.
Manual Front Seat
Reclining Front Seatbacks
Move the lever under the front seat to unlock it. Slide
the seat to where you want it. Then release the lever and
try to move the seat with your body, to make sure the
seat is locked into place.
Driver’s Seat Manual Lumbar Support
(Convertible with White Vinyl Seats Only)
The manual lumbar support control is located at the
front of the driver’s seat, towardthe right. Turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease
the amount of support to your lower back.
1-2
To adjust the seatback, lift the lever on the outer side of
the seat and move the seatback to where you want it.
Release the lever to lock the seatback. Pull up on the
lever and the seat will go to an upright position.
~
But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is
moving.
1-3
Head Restraints
Easy-Entry Seat (Option)
Slide thehead restraint up or down so that the top of the
restraint is closestto the top of your ears. Thisposition
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.
On two-door models, the right front seat of your vehicle
makes it easy to get in and out of the rear seat.
Front Seatback Latches (2-Door Models)
0
When you tilt the right front seatback fully forward,
the whole seat will slide forward.
After someone gets intothe rear seat area, move the
right front seatback to its original position. Then
move the seat rearward until it locks.
To get out, tilt the seatback fully forwara.
Your seatback will move back and forth ‘freely, unless
you come to a sudden stop. Thenit will lock in place.
There’s one time the seatback may not fold without
some help from you. That’s if your vehicle is parked
facing downa fairly steep hill.
To fold a front seatback forward, push the seatback
toward the rear as you lift this latch. Thenthe seatback
will fold forward. Thelatch must be down for the seat to
work properly.
1-4
Fold-Down Rear Seat
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tellsyou some things you should not do
with safety belts.
And it explainsthe Supplemental Restraint System,or
“air bag” system.
To open the fold-down rear seat, pull forward
on the
seat tab.
To close the seat, push the seatback up
to its original
position.
Push the seatback solidlyup against the back plate to
ensure thatthe latch hooks.
1-5
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See "Safety Belt
Reminder Light" in the
Index.)
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it
goes.
In many states and Canadian provinces, the law says to
wear safety belts. Here's why: They w o ~ k .
You never know if you'll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don't know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashescan be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn't survive.
But most crashes are in between. In many of them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles, the
facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
1-6
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it's just a seaton
wheels.
Put someone on it.
Get it up to speed. Then stopthe vehicle. The rider
doesn’t stop.
1-7
c
The person keeps going until stopped by something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
or the instrument panel ...
Here Are Questions Many People Ask
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. Butyou can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance
of
being conscious during and after
an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if
you are belted.
e.”Why don’t theyjust put in air bagsso people
won’t have to wear safety belts?
A:
or the safety belts!
With safety belts,you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop.You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s
why
safety belts make such good sense.
Air bags arein many vehicles today and will be in
more of them in the future. But
they are
supplemental systems only;so they work with
safety belts-- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the ofuse
safety belts. Evenif you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckleup to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collision
but especiallyin side and other collisions.
1-9
If I’m a good driver, and
I never drivefar from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
A:
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault -- you and
your passengers canbe hurt. Being agood driver
doesn’t protect you from things beyondyour
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km)of
home. And the greatest numberof serious injuries
and deaths occurat speeds of less than 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for peopleof adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about
safety belts and children. And there are different rules
for smaller children and babies. If a child will be riding
in your Chevrolet,see the part of this manual called
“Children.” Follow those rules for everyone’s
protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systemsyour
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraintsystem.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear it
properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
1-10
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
If the belt stops before itreaches the buckle, tilt the latch
plate and keep pulling until you can buckle the belt.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the
belt isn’t long enough, see“Safety Belt Extender” at the
end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
1-11
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the beltas you pull up on the shoulder belt.
The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less
likely to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force at your abdomen.This could
cause serious oreven fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These
parts of the body are best able totake belt restraining
forces.
The safety belt locks if there's a sudden stop or crash.
1-12
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
(4-Door Models)
Before you begin to drive, move the shoulder belt
adjuster to the heightthat is right for you.
To move it down, squeeze the release
button and move
the adjusterto the desired position. You can move the
adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide. After you move the adjuster towhere you want it,
try to moveit down without squeezing the releasebutton
to make sure it has locked into position.
Adjust the height so that the shoulder portionof the belt
is centered on your shoulder. The belt should be away
from your face and neck, but not falling off your
shoulder.
1-13
Q:
What’s wrong with this?
A:
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
1-14
@
What’s wrong with this?
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
1-15
&.'
What's wrong with this?
I
A:
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm.It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
1-16
e.'
What's wrong with this?
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-17
I
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on thebucKre.
The beltshould go back out of the way.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
This part explains the Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS), or air bagsystem.
Your Chevrolet has two air bags -- one air bag for the
driver and another air bag for the right front passenger.
Here are the most important things to know about the air
bag system:
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the
belt and your vehicle.
1-18
-
1-19
AIR
BAG
There is an air bag readiness
light on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR
BAG.
How the Air Bag System Works
The system checks the air bag’s electrical system for
malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
Where is the air bag?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the steering
wheel.
1-20
When should an air bag inflate?
The right front passenger’s air bag is the
in instrument
panel on thepassenger’s side.
The airbag is designed to inflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crashes. The air bag will inflate
only if the impact speed is abovethe system’s designed
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform,the threshold level is
about 9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 kmh). The threshold level
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that
it can be somewhat above orbelow this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such
as aparked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts, or rear impacts,because inflation would not
help the occupant.
1-21
It is possible that in a crashonly one of the two air bags
in your Cavalier will deploy. This is rare, but can happen
in a crashjust severe enoughto make an air bag inflate.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
the vehicle’s deceleration. Vehicle damage is only one
indication of this.
What makesan air bag inflate?
In a frontal or near-frontal impact of sufficient severity,
the air bag sensingsystem detects that the vehicle is
suddenly stopping as a result of a crash.The sensing
system triggers a chemical reaction of the sodium azide
sealed in the inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen
gas, which inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag, and
related hardware areall part of the air bag modules
packed inside the steering wheel and in the instrument
panel in front of the right front passenger.
1-22
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or
the instrument panel. The air bag supplements the
protection provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute
the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s
upper body, stopping the occupant more gradually. But
air bags would not help you in many types of collisions,
including rollovers and rear and side impacts, primarily
because an occupant’s motion is not toward the air bag.
Air bags should never be regarded as anything more
than a supplement to safety belts, and then only in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
What will you see after an air bag inflates?
After the air bag inflates, it quickly deflates. This occurs
so quickly that some people may not even realize the air
bag inflated. Some components of the air bag module in
the steering wheel hub for the driver’s air bag, or the
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s bag, will
be hot for a short time, but the part of the bag that comes
into contact with you will not be hot to the touch. There
will be some smokeand dust coming from vents in the
deflated air bags. Air bag inflation will not prevent the
driver from seeing or from being able to steer the
vehicle, nor will it stop people from leaving the vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic module,
which records information aboutthe air bag system.
The module records information
about the readiness
of the system, when the sensors areactivated and
driver’s safetybelt usage at deployment.
Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag
system. Improper service canmean that your air bag
system won’t workproperly. See your dealer for
service.
NOTICE:
In many crashes severe enoughto inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakagemay also occur from the
right front passenger air bag.
0
The air bags are designed to inflate only once.After
they inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air
bag system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
A new system will include air bagmodules and
possibly other parts.The service manual for your
vehicle covers theneed to replace other parts.
If you damage the cover for the driver’s or the
right front passenger’s air bag, they may not
work properly. You may have to replace the air
bag module in the steering wheel or both the air
bag module and the instrument panel for the
right front passenger’s air bag. Do not open or
break the air bag covers.
1-23
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped
Chevrolet
Air bags affect how your Chevrolet should be serviced,
There areparts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is working on yourvehicle. Your
Chevrolet dealer and the 1995 Cavalier ServiceManual
have information about servicingyour vehicle and the
air bag system. To purchase a service manual, see
“Service Publications’’ in the Index.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
1-24
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, asfor anyone, the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safetybelt works the same
way as the driver’ssafety belt. See “DriverPosition,’’
earlier in this section.
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat passengers
to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat arehurt more often in crashes than thosewho are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengerswho aren’t safety belted canbe thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
1-25
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch
plate and keep pulling until you can buckle it.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
1 . Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
1-26
If the belt is not long enough, see“Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section. Make sure the
release button on the buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever
had to.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs-. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones.And you'd be less
likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries.The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These
parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining
forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for
Children and SmallAdults
Rear shoulder belt comfort guides will provide added
comfort for children who have outgrown child restraints
and for small adults. The comfort guides pull the
shoulder belts away from the neck and head.
1-28
. ..
a
There is one guide for each outside passengerposition in
the rear seat. You will find them tucked in between the
seatback and the interior body, about half-way down the
edge of the seatback.Here is how you should install the
comfort guides on the shoulder belts:
2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
cord must be under the belt. Then,place the guide
over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into
the slots of the guide.
1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edgeof
the seatback and the interior body to remove the
guide from its storage clip.
1-29
3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on
top.
1-30
4. Buckle the belt around the child, and make sure that
both the lap belt and the shoulder belt are secured
properly. Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the
shoulder. See “Safety Belts, Rear Seat Passengers” in
the Index.
To remove and store the comfort guides,
just perform
these steps in reverse order. Squeeze the belt edges
together so that you can take them out from the guides.
Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip, and
then slide the guide ontothe clip. Rotate the guide and
clip inward and in between the seatback andthe interior
body, leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed.
Lap Belt
Center Passenger Position
U
When you sit in the center seating position,you have a
lap safety belt, which has no retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt.
1-31
To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. In fact,
the law in every state in the United States and in every
Canadian province says children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough,
see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
1-32
1-33
Child Restraints
Be sureto follow the instructions for the restraint. You
may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint to helpreduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at
General Motorstherefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear seat. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-34
Top Strap
If you have a convertible, don’t use a restraint like
that
in your vehicle because the top strap anchor cannot
be
installed properly. You shouldn’t use this typeof
restraint without anchoring the top strap.
If your vehicle is not a convertible and
you need to have
an anchor installed,you can ask your Chevrolet dealer to
put one in for you. If you want to install an anchor
yourself, your dealer can tell
you how to doit.
For cars first sold in Canada, child restraints
with a top
strap must be anchored according to Canadian
Law.
Your dealer can obtain the hardware kit and install it f
you, oryou may installit yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.
Use the tether hardware kit available from the dealer.
The hardware and installation instructions were
specifically designedfor this vehicle.
If your child restraint hasa top strap,it should be
anchored.
1-35
Securing a Child Restraint ina Rear
Outside Seat Position
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1-36
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle
the
safety belt quicklyif you ever hadto.
5. To tighten the belt, pullup on the shoulder beltwhile
you push down on the child restraint.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the
vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all way.
the The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready work
to for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-37
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center
Rear Seat Position
1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch
plate and pulling it along the belt.
U
You’ll be using the lap belt.
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child
restraint has one.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-38
4. Run the vehicle’s safety belt throughor around the
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show
you how.
6. To tighten the belt, pull its free end while
you push
down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraintin different
directions to be sure it is secure.
If the child restraint
isn’t secure, turn the latch plate over and buckle
it
again. Then seeif it is secure.If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different placein the vehicle and
contact the child restraint maker for their advice
about how to attach the child restraint
properly.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle
safety belt.It will be ready to work foran adult or larger
child passenger.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-39
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat as farback as it will go
before securing a forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag. Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Here’s why:
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
If the shoulder belt goes in frontof the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-40
5 . Buckle the belt.
Make sure the release buttonis positioned so you
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if
you ever had to.
6. To tighten the belt, pull up on the shoulder belt while
you push down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,
just unbuckle thevehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way.
The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or larger child passenger.
1-41
Larger Children
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child canwear a lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
1-42
0
Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
0
Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.
&=
.
,
., , . ..
A:
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but the child is so small that the shoulder beltis
very close to the child’sface or neck?
Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is sitting in a rear seat outside position, see
“Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides”in the Index. If
the child is so small that the shoulder belt is still
very close to thechild’s face orneck, you might
want to place the child in the center seat position,
the one that has only a lap belt.
1-43
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
1-44
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
extender will be long enough foryou. The extender will
be just for you, and just forthe seat in your vehicle that
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it, and use it
only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Seat and Restraint System
Parts After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them.Collision
damage alsomay mean you will need to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
Now and then, make sureall your belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, anchorages and reminder systems are
working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged
restraint system parts. If you see anything that might
keep a restraint system from doing its job, have it
repaired.
Torn or frayedbelts may not protect you in a crash.
They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn
or frayed, get a new one right away.
1-45
NOTES
1-46
0Section 2
Features and Controls
Here you can learn about the many standard and
optional features on your Chevrolet, and information on
starting, shifting and braking. Also explained are the
instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if
everything is working properly -- and what to do if you
have a problem.
Keys
The key is for the ignition,
the doors and all other
locks.
When a new Chevrolet is delivered, the dealer removes
the key tag from thekey, and gives itto the first owner.
Each tag has a code on it that tells your dealer or a
qualified locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep the
tag in a safe place. If you lose your key, you’ll be able to
have a new one made easily using the tag.
2-2
I NOTICE:
Your Chevrolet hasa number of new features
that can help prevent theft. But you
can have a
lot of trouble getting into your vehicle
if you ever
lock your keys inside.You may even have to
damage your vehicleto get in.So be sure you
have extra keys.
Door Locks
Use your doorkey to unlock
your vehicle from the
outside.
To lock the door from the
inside, push the locking
lever forward.
There are severalways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
To unlock the door, pull the locking lever backward.
1
Power DoorLocks (Option)
Rear Door Security Lock(4-DOOr Models)
~
You can lockor unlock all
doors of your vehicle from
the driver or passenger door
lock switch.
Push the lowerportion of the switch to lock your doors.
Push the upper portion of the switch to unlock your
doors.
The lever on each reardoor works only that door’s lock.
It won’t lock (orunlock) all of the doors -- that’s a
safety feature.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, open your door and set
the locks from inside. Then get outand close the door.
Your Chevrolet is equipped
with rear door security
locks that help prevent
passengers from opening
the rear doorsof your car
from theinside.
To use oneof these locks:
1. Use a key to move the lock allthe way up.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same thing to the other rear doorlock.
The rear doorsof your vehicle cannot be opened from
inside when this feature is in use. If you want to open a
rear door when the security lock is on:
1. Unlock the door from the inside.
2. Then open the door from the outside.
If you don’t cancel the security lock feature, adults or
older children who ride in the rearwon’t be able to open
the rear door fromthe inside. You should let adults and
older children know how to cancel the locks.
To cancel the rear doorlock:
I . Unlock the door from the inside and open the door
from the outside.
2. Use a key to move the lock all the way down.
3. Do the same forthe other rear door.
The rear doorlocks will now work normally.
Remote Trunk Release (Option)
Pull upward on the remote
release handle, located on
the floor near the left side of
the driver’s seat, to release
the trunk lid.
2-5
Theft
Parking at Night
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your Chevrolet has a number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put on it can make it
impossible to steal. However, there are ways you can
help.
Park in a lighted spot, closeall windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
Key in the Ignition
If you walk away from your vehicle with the keys
inside, it’s an easy target for joy riders orprofessional
thieves -- so don’t do it.
When you park your Chevrolet and open the driver’s
door, you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your
key from the ignition and take it with you. Always do
this. Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will
your ignition. If you have an automatic transaxle, taking
your key out alsolocks your transaxle. And remember
to lock the doors.
Parking Lots
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
But what if you have to leave your ignition key? What if
you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk
or glove box.
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
Then take the door key with you.
Passlock (Option)
Your vehicle may be equipped with the Passlock
theft-deterrent system.To find outif your vehicle has
Passlock, turn the ignition key
to RUN position.If the
THEFT SYSTEMlight comes on, then your vehicle is
equipped with Passlock. Passlockis a passive
theft-deterrent system. The system is armed once the
key is removed from the ignition. Passlock enables fuel
if the ignition lock cylinder is turned with
a valid key. If
a correct keyis not used, fuel is disabled.
During normal operation, theTHEFT SYSTEM light will
go off after the engineis started. In the unlikely event that
the engine stalls and the THEFI’ SYSTEM light flashes,
wait until the light stops flashing beforetrying to restart
the engine. Remember to releasethe key from.the START
position as soon as the engine starts.If after several tries
the vehicle still does not start, the vehicle may need
service. At this t h e , you may also want to check the fuses
(see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” inthe Index). See your
Chevrolet dealerfor service.
If the THEFT SYSTEM light comes on while theengine
is running, a problem has been detected andthe system
may need service. See your Chevrolet dealerfor service.
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Your modern Chevrolet doesn’t needan
elaborate “break-in.” But it will perform better
in the long run if you followthese guidelines:
e Don’t drive at any one speed fast or
slow for the first 500 miles (804 h).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
e Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlierreplacement.
Follow this “breaking-in” guideline every
time you get newbrake linings.
0 Don’t towa trailer during“break-in.” See
“Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index for more
information.
--
--
In an emergency, call the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance
Program at 1-800-CHEV USA (1-800-243-8872).
2-7
OFF (C): Unlocks the steering wheel, ignition and
transaxle, but does not send electrical power to any
accessories. In the OFF position, the instrument cluster
Ignition Switch
and the automatic transaxle gear shiftindicator have
electrical power. Use this position if your vehicle must
be pushed or towed,but never try to push-start your
vehicle. A warning chime will sound if you open the
driver’s doorwhen the ignition is off and the key is in
the ignition.
E
With the ignition key in the ignition switch, you can turn
the switch to five positions:
ACCESSORY (A): An “on” position in which you can
operate your electricalpower accessories. Press in the
ignition switch as you turn the top of it toward you.
LOCK (B): The only position in which you can remove
the key. This locks your steering wheel, ignition and
transaxle.
RUN (D): An “on7’position to which the switch returns
after you start your engine and release the switch. The
switch stays in the RUN position when the engine is
running. But even when the engine is not running, you
can use RUN to operate your electrical power
accessories, and to display some instrumentpanel
warning lights.
START (E): Starts the engine. When the engine starts,
release the key. The ignition switch will return to RUN
for normal driving.
Note that even if the engine is not running, the positions
ACCESSORY and RUN are “on” positions that allow
you to operate your electrical accessories, such as the
radio.
Key Release Button (Manual Transaxle)
The ignition key cannot be
removed from the ignition
unless the key release
button is used.
NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck inLOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure it is all way
the in. If it is, then
turn the steeringwheel left and rightwhile you
turn thekey hard. But turn the
key only with
your hand. Usinga tool to force it could break
the key or the ignition switch.
If none of this
works, then your vehicle needs service.
10 remove
the key, turn the key to the OFF position.
Press the key release button while turning the key from
OFF to LOCK. Keeping your finger on the button, pull
the key straight out.
2-9
Starting Your Engine.
Engines startdifferently. The 8th digit of your Vehicle
or
Identification Number (VIN) shows the code letter
number foryour engine. You will find theVIN at the top
left of your instrument panel. (See “Vehicle
Identification Number” in the Index.) Follow the proper
steps to start the engine.
Automatic transaxle:
Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start inany other position -- that’s a
safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift to
PARK (P) if your Chevrolet
is moving. If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift toPARK (P) only when your
vehicle is stopped.
2-10
Manual transaxle:
The gear selector should be in NEUTRAL(N). Hold the
clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine. Your
vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal is not all the way
down -- that’s a safety feature.
To start your2.2 Liter engine:
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idlespeed will go down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to
be drained much sooner. And the excessive heat
can damage your starter motor.
2. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), it could beflooded with toomuch gasoline.
Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and holding it there as you hold the key in
START for about three seconds. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the same thing, but
this time keep the pedal down for fiveor six seconds.
This clearsthe extra gasoline from the engine.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics inyour vehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change the way
the fuel injection system operates. Before adding
electrical equipment, check withyour dealer. If
you don’t, your engine might not perform
properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manual that tells how to do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
To start your 2.3 Liter engine:
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idle speedwill go down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be
drained much sooner. Andthe excessive heat can
damage your starter motor.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, and if the weather is
very cold (below -20” F, or -29” C), push the
accelerator pedal about one-quarter of the way down
while you turn the key to START. Do this until the
engine starts. As soon as it does, letgo of the key.
3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), it couldbe flooded with too much gasoline.
Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and holding it there asyou hold the key in
START for about three seconds. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. If the vehicle startsbriefly
but then stops again, do the same thing, but this time
keep the pedal about one-quarter of the way down
for five or six seconds.
2-11
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in yourvehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change theway
the fuel injection system operates. Before adding
electrical equipment, check with your dealer.
If
you don’t, your engine might not perform
properly.
If you ever have to have your
vehicle towed, see
the partof this manual that tellshow to doit
without damaging yourvehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Driving Through Deep Standing
Water
I
I NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that
is slightly
lower than the underbodyof your vehicle. If you
can’t avoid deep puddlesor standingwater, drive
through them veryslowly.
Engine CoolantHeater (Option)
In very cold weather, 0°F (- 18°C) or colder, the engine
coolant heater can help. You’ll get easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,
the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of
four hours prior to starting your vehicle.
To use the coolant heater:
I . Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt outlet.
2-12
How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer dependson the weather, the kind of oil
you have, and some other things. Instead of trying to list
everything here, we ask that you contact your Chevrolet
dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your vehicle.
The dealer can give you the best advice forthat
particular area.
I NOTICE:
I
After you’ve used the coolant heater,
be sure to
store the cordas it was before to keepit away
from moving engine parts.
If you don’t, it could
be damaged.
2-13
Automatic Transaxle
Your Chevrolet may be equipped with a three speed
automatic or a four speed automatic
transaxle. The shift
lever is located on the console betweenthe seats.
Four Speed Automatic
Transaxle
There are six different positions for theshift lever on the
three speed automaticand seven forthe four speed
automatic transaxle. While PARK (P), REVERSE (R)
and NEUTRAL(N) operate identically forboth
transaxles, the forwardgear positions represent different
gearing and operation. See “Forward Gears (Three
Speed)” or “Forward Gears (Four Speed)”
later in this
section.
Three Speed Automatic
1 Transaxle
2-14
PARK (P): This locks your front wheels. It’s the best
position to use when youstart your enginebecause your
vehicle can’t move easily.
and also release the shift lever button on floor shift
console models as you maintain brake application. Then
move the shift lever into the gear
you wish. (Press the
shift lever button before moving the shift lever.) See
“Shifting Out of PARK (P)” in the Index.
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back
up.
NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE(R)while your vehicleis
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift to REVERSE(R)only after your vehicle
is
stopped.
Ensure the shift leveris fully inPARK (P) range before
starting the engine. Your Chevrolet hasa
brake-transaxle shift interlock.You have tofully apply
your regular brakesbefore you can shiftfrom PARK (P)
when the ignitionkey is in the RUN position. If you
cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on the
shift
lever -- push the shift lever allthe way into PARK (P)
To rock your vehicle back and
forth to get out of snow,
ice or sand without damagingyour transaxle, see“If
You’re Stuck: In Sand,Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index.
NEUTRAL (N): In this position,your engine doesn’t
connect with the wheels.To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N)only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.
2-15
Forward Gears (Three Speed)
DRIVE (D): This position is for normal driving.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND ( 2 ) on hills.
It canhelp control your speed as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
i
j
I NOTICE:
Damage toyour transaxle caused by shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
racing isn’t coveredby your warranty.
I
Don’t drive in SECOND(2) for more than
5 miles (8 km), or atspeeds over55 mph
(88 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle.
Use DRIVE @) as much as possible. Don’t shift
into SECOND(2) unless you are going slower
than 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can damage your
engine.
FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
(but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
use it onvery steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
selector lever is put in FIRST (l),the transaxle won’t
shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly
enough.
2-16
NOTICE:
If your front wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
drive. This might happen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle. Also, if
you stop when going uphill,don’t hold your
vehicle there with only the accelerator pedal. This
could overheat and damage the transaxle. Use
your brakes or shift into PARK (P)to hold your
vehicle in position on a hill.
Forward Gears (Four Speed)
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D): This position is for
normal driving with the four speed automatic transaxle.
If you need more power for passing, and you’re:
0
Going less than about 35 mph (56 km/h), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
0
Going about 35 mph (56 kmh), push your
accelerator all the way down.
THIRD (3): This position is also used for normal
driving, however, it offers more power and lower fuel
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D). Here
are some timesyou might choose THIRD (3) instead of
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D):
0
When driving on hilly, winding roads.
0
When towing a trailer, so there is less shifting
between gears.
0
When going down a steep hill.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power out
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help controlyour speed as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
Don’t drive in SECOND (2) for more than
5 miles (8 km), or atspeeds over55 mph
(88 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle.
Use AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(D), THIRD (3)
or DRIVE (D) as muchas possible. Don’t shiftinto
SECOND (2) unless you are going slowerthan 65
mph (105 km/h), or you can damage yourengine.
2-17
FIRST (1): This position gives you even morepower
(but lower fuel economy)than SECOND (2). You can
use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
selector lever isput in FIRST(1)’ the transaxlewon’t
shift intofirst gear until the vehicle is going slowly
enough.
NOTICE:
If your front wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
drive. This might happen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle. Also, if
you stop when going uphill, don’t hold
your
vehicle there with onlythe accelerator pedal. This
could overheat and damage the transaxle. Use
your brakes or shift into PARK (P) to hold your
vehicle in position ona hill.
2-18
Manual Transaxle
This is your shift
pattern.
1
3
5
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5): Shift into
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4) AND FIFTH (5)’ the same
way you do for SECOND(2). Slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you press the acceleratorpedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal andpress the
2
4
R
1
Here’s how to operate your transaxle:
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST
(1). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press
the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into FIRST(1) when you’re going less
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a complete
stop and it’s hard to shift intoFIRST (l), put the shift
lever in NEUTRAL (N) and let up onthe clutch. Press
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST
(1).
SECOND (2): Press the clutchpedal as you let up on
the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). Then,
slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops,
press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, andshift to
NEUTRAL (N).
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start or
idle your engine.
REVERSE (R):To back up, press down the clutch
pedal and shift into REVERSE(R). Let up on the clutch
pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal.
I NOTICE:
Shift to REVERSE(R) onIy after your vehicleis
stopped. Shifting to REVERSE(R)while your
vehicle is moving could damage your transaxle.
Also, use REVERSE (R), along with the parking brake,
for parking your vehicle.
2-19
Shift Light (Manual Transaxle)
SHIFT
If you have a manual
transaxle, you have a
SHIFT light. This light will
show you when to shift to
the next higher gear for best
fuel economy.
When this light comes on, you can shift to the next
higher gear if weather, road and traffic conditions let
you. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and
shift when the light comes on.
While you accelerate, it is normal for the light to go on
and off if you quickly change the position of the
accelerator. Ignore the SHIFT lightwhen you downshift.
2-20
Shift Speeds (Manual Transaxle)
This chart shows you when to shift to the next higher
gear for best fuel economy.
Acceleration Shift Speeds
FIRST to SECOND
17 mph (27 km/h)
SECOND to THIRD
30 mph (48 krn/h)
THIRD toFOURTH
39 mph (63 kmh)
FOURTH to FIFTH
45 mph (72 kmh)
If your speed drops below 20 mph (32 kmh), or if the
engine is not running smoothly, you should downshift to
the next lower gear. You may have to downshift two or
more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for
good performance.
Parking Brake
~~~
NOTICE:
If you skip more than one gear when you
downshift, or if you race the engine when you
downshift, you can damage theclutch or
transaxle.
The parking brake lever is located between the bucket
seats.
2-21
To set the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down and
pull up on theparking brake lever. If the ignition is on,
the brake system warning light will come on.
Shifting Pnto PARK (P) (Automatic
Transaxle Models Only)
To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down.
Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the
release button. Hold the release button in as you move
the brake lever all the way down.
I NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause
your rear brakes to overheat.
You may have to
replace them, and you could
also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing a trailer and areparking on any hill,
see “Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index. That section shows
what to do first to keepthe trailer from moving.
2-22
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking
brake.
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
Running (Automatic Transaxle Models
Only)
2. Move the shift lever into
the PARK (P) position like
this: Hold in the button on the lever, and push the
lever all theway toward the front of your vehicle.
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
walk away from your vehicle with the ignition key in
your hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
If you have to leave your vehiclewith the engine
running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your
parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever intothe PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, see if
you can move the shift lever away fromPARK (P)
without first pushingthe button.
If you can, it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully
locked into PARK (P).
2-23
Torque Lock (Automatic Transaxle)
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift.your
transaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in
the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.” To
prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in
the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.
If “torque lock” does occur, you may need to have
another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the transaxle, so you can pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P).
Shifting Out of PARK (P)
(Automatic Transaxle)
Your Chevrolet has a brake-transaxle shift interlock.
You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you
can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in the
RUN position. See “Automatic Transaxle” in the Index.
2-24
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shift lever -- push the shift leverall the way into
PARK (P) and also releasethe shift lever button on floor
shift console models as you maintain brake application.
Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish. (Press
the shift lever button before moving the shift lever.)
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
shift out of PARK (P), try this:
1. Turn the key to OFF.
2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear you
want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transaxle)
Before you get out of your vehicle, put your manual
transaxle in REVERSE (R) and firmly apply the parking
brake.
Parking Over Things That Burn
Engine Exhaust
2-25
Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic Transaxle)
It’s better not to park with the engine running. But if you
ever haveto, here are some things to know.
Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parkingon a hill and if you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
Windows
On a vehicle with manual windows, use the window
crank to open and close each window.
2-26
Power Windows (Option)
The driver’s window switch has an Auto Down feamre.
The driver’s window can be opened to the desired
amount by pushing therear of the switch to the first
detent. For theAuto Down feature, push the rear of the
switch all the way down. The switch will latch in the
rearward position until the window is fully open.
To stop the window while it is lowering, briefly press
the switch forward, then release.
To raise the window, press and hold the switch forward.
You may also have a lockout switch.Push LOCK to
disable the rear passenger powerwindow switches. This
will prevent rear passengers from opening and closing
the windows. The driver can still control all windows
with the switch in the lock position.
With power windows, switcheson the center console
control each of the windows whenthe ignition is on. In
addition, in four-door models, each rear passenger door
has a control switchfor its ownwindow.
Press the LOCK button to unlock the passenger window
switches.
2-27
Horn
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
You can S O M ~the horn by pressing the center of your
steering wheel.
Tilt Steering Wheel (Option)
A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive. You can also raise it tothe
highest level to giveyour legs moreroom when you exit
and enter the vehicle.
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the
lever. Move the steering wheel to a comfortable level,
then release the lever to lock the wheel in place.
2-28
The lever on the left side of the steering column
includes your:
0
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
0
Headlamp High-Low Beam Changer
0
Cruise Control (Option)
n r n Signal and Lane Change Indicator
A green arrow on the
instrument panel will flash
in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
To signal a lane change, -just raise or lower the lever
until the green arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until
you complete your lane change. The lever will return by
itself when you release it.
The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions
allow you
to signal a turn or a lane change,
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down.
When the turn is finished, the lever will return
automatically.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows don’t
flash but just stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out
and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the green arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit
Breakers” in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.
2-29
Headlamp High-Low Beam Changer
Flash-To-Pass
This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to
signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass.
.
..
To use it, pull the turn signal/multifunction lever toward
you until the high beam headlamps come on, then
release the 'lever to turn them off.
Windshield Wipers
To change the headlamps from low beam to high or high
to low, pull the turn signal lever all the way toward you.
Then release it.
When the high beams are on, a blue light on the
instrument panel also will be on.
You control the windshield wipers by moving the stalk
with the windshield wiper symbol on it up or down.
2-30
For a Single Wiper Cycle
Press the stalk down until the wipers start, thengo.
let
The wipers will stop after one cycle. For more cycles,
hold the wiper stalk down
longer.
Variable Controlled-Cycle Windshield
Wipers (Option)
For Fixed Delay Wiper Cycles
Move the wiper switch to
DELAY for wiper cycleswith
a fixed time delay between them.
For Steady Wiper Cycles
Move the wiper stalkup to either 1 or 2, depending on
the wiper speedyou want.
To Turn Wipers Off
Move the stalk down to
OFF.
Remember that damaged wiper blades
may prevent you
To avoid
from seeing well enough to drive safely.
damage, be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them.If they’re frozen to the
windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. If your
blades do become damaged, get new blades or blade
inserts.
If your vehicle has variable controlled-cycle windshield
wipers, you can set the wiper speed for a long or short
delay between wipes. This can be
very useful in light
rain or snow.
Move the stalk toDELAY, then rotate theband to
Heavy snow or icecan overload your wipers.A circuit
choose the delayyou want. Rotate the bandup for
breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear away shorter delay times between wiper cycles. Rotate
the
snow or ice to prevent
an overload.
band down for longer delay times between wiper cycle
2-31
Windshield Washer
NOTICE:
0
0
To wash your windshield, pull the stalk with the wiper
symbol on it toward you one time. The wipers will
resume the speed that you were using before. If you had
no speed selected, the wipers will stop.
0
Driving without washer fluid is dangerous. A bad mud
splash can block your vision. You could collide with
another vehicle. Check your washer fluid often.
0
2-32
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t cleanas well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank only
314 full
when it’s very cold. This allows for
expansion, which could damage the tankif
it is completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
1
Cruise Control (Option)
With cruise control, you can maintain a speed of about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more without keeping your foot
on the accelerator. This can really help on long trips.
Cruise control does not work at speeds below about
25 mph (40 km/h).
When you apply your brakes, or the clutch pedal, the
cruise control shuts off.
2-33
To Set Cruise Lontrol
1. Move the cruise control switch to ON.
2. Get up to the speed you want.
3. Push in the SET button at the end of the lever and
release it .
4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
2-34
~~
To Resume a Set Speed
If you hold the switch at R/A longer than half a second,
the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the
switch or apply the brake or clutch pedal. You could be
startled and even lose control.So unless you want to go
faster, don’t hold the switch at R/A .
To Increase Speed WhileUsing Cruise
Control
There are twoways to go to a higher speed. Here’s the
first:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.
2. Push the button at the end of the lever, then release
the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll now
cruise at the higher speed,
Here’s the second way to go to a higher speed:
Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed
and then you apply the brake or clutch pedal. This, of
course, shuts off, the cruise control. But you don’t need
to reset it. Once you’re going about 25 mph (40 k d h )
or more, you can move the cruise control switch from
ON to R/A for about half a second.
You’ll go right back up to your chosen speed and stay
there.
0
Move the cruise switch fromON to R/A. Hold it
there until you get up to the speed you want, and
then release the switch.
0
To increase your speed in very small amounts, move
the switch to R/A for less than half a second and then
release it. Each time you do this, your vehicle will go
about 1 mph ( I .6 km/h) faster.
2-35
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise
Control
There are twoways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the button at the end of the lever until you
reach the lower speed you want, then release it.
To slow down in very small amounts, push the
button for less than half a second. Each time you do
this, you’ll go about 1 mph (1.6 k m h ) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using
Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well your cruise control will work on hills depends
upon your speed, load, and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you may have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course, applying the brake
or clutch pedal takes you out of cruise control. Many
drivers find this to be too much trouble and don’t use
cruise control on steep hills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
There are several ways to turn off the cruise control:
Step lightly on the brake pedal, or push the clutch
pedal, if you have a manual transaxle; OR
Move the cruise switch to OFF.
To Erase Cruise Speed Memory
When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition,
your cruise control set speed memory is erased.
2-36
Lamp Controls
I
I
0
Parking Lamps
Side Marker Lamps
0
Taillamps
e Instrument Panel Lamps
0:HEADLAMPS: This position will turn on the
following:
Headlamps
0
Parking Lamps
Side Marker Lamps
The band on the turn signal/multifunction lever controls
your vehicle’s lamps.
Taillamps
Instrument Panel Lamps
Turn the band clockwise all the way to turn the lamps
off.
Lamps On Reminder
If you open the driver’s door with the ignition off and
the lamps on, you will hear a warning chime.
2-37
Instrument Panel Intensity Control
Daynme Running Lamps (Canada Only)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and beforesunset. Several
countries, including Canada, require DRL.
The DRL system will make your high beam headlamps
come on at a reduced brightness in daylight when:
0
The ignition is on,
0
The headlamp switch is off,
0
The parking brake is released and
On vehicles with automatic transaxles the shift lever
is moved from PARK (P).
You can brighten or dim the instrument panel lamps by
turning the dial up or down.
Turn the dial up all the way to turn on the interior
courtesy lamps.
2-38
~~
-.
This indicator light on your
instrument panel comes on
when DRL are on.
When you turn off the headlamp switch, the regular
lamps will go off, and your high beam headlamps will
come on to the reduced brightness.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamps system when you need it.
When the DRL are on,only your high beam headlamps
will be on at a reduced brightness. The taillamps,
sidemarker and other lamps won’t be on. Your
instrument panel won’t be lit up either.
When you turn on the headlamp switch,your high beam
headlamps will go out, and your headlampswill come
on. The other lampsthat come on with your headlamps
will also come on.
Fog Lamps (224 Model)
When using fog lamps, the parking lamps or low beam
headlamps must be on.
Fog lamps will go off whenever the high beam
headlamps come on. When the high beams go off, the
fog lamps will come on again.
Front Reading Lamps (Models with
Sunroof or Convertible Top)
Use your fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty
conditions.
The switch for your fog lamps is next to the instrument
panel intensity control.
Push the top of the switch to turn the fog lamps on. Push
the bottom of the switch to turn the fog lamps off.
These lamps are located on the rearview mirror. Turn
each one on and off by pressing its switch.
2-40
Illuminated EntryLExit System
Battery Rundown Protection
When you open either front door,or open a rear door,
the lamps inside your vehicle will go on. These lamps
will fade off after about40 seconds, or when the ignition
is turned on.
Your Chevrolet is equipped with a Battery Rundown
Protection feature designed to protect your vehicle’s
battery.
If the ignition has been off for less than two minutes,
the lamps inside your vehicle will stay on for about
15 seconds to provide an illuminated exit when you
remove the key from the ignition.
After you exit the vehicle and all of the doors have been
closed, the lamps will stay on for an additional four
seconds before fading off.
When any interior lamp (trunk, reading, dome, glove
box, etc.) is left on and the ignition is turned OFF, the
Battery Rundown Protection system will automatically
turn the lamp off after 20 minutes. This will avoid
draining the battery. This system does not protect
against leaving on the headlamps.
To reactivate the interior lamps, either:
The ignition must be turned on,
The activated lamp switch must be turned off, then
on, OR
A door must be opened.
The Battery Rundown Protection feature will also be
activated when any door is left open.
If your vehicle is left with the ignition off for over
24 days, the battery power to the clock and audio
system will turn off to reduce the battery drain. When
the ignition is turned on again, battery power will be
resupplied. Under these conditions it will be necessary
to reset the clock and audio system settings.
2-41
Inside Manual Daymight Rearview Mirror
Remote Control Mirror
The outsiderearview mirror
should be adjusted so you
can just see the side of your
vehicle when you are sitting
in a comfortable driving
position.
To reduce glare fromlamps behind you, move the lever
toward you to the night position.
Adjust the driver’s sideoutside mirror with the control
lever on the driver’s door.
To adjust your passenger’s side mirror, sit in the driver’s
seat and have a passenger adjust the mirror for you.
The mirror is a spring loaded breakaway design.
2-42
Power Remote Control Mirrors (Option)
The mirror
control is
located On the driver’s
Rotatethecontrolclockwise
or counterclockwise to
Convex Outside Mirror
Your passenger’s side mirror is
convex.
A convex mirror’s surfaceis curved so you cansee more
from the driver’s seat.
Then move the control in the direction you want the
mirror to move. Adjust each mirror so you can just see
the side of your vehicle when you are sitting in a
comfortable driving position.
The mirror is a spring loadedbreakaway design.
2-43
Convenience Net (Option)
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors. You
can also swing them to the side.
Ashtray and Lighter
To use the lighter, just push
it in all the way and let go.
When it’s ready, it will pop
back out by itself.
Your vehicle may have a convenience net. You’ll see it
just inside the back wall of the trunk. Put small loads,
like grocery bags, behind the net. It can help keep them
from falling over during sharp turns or quick starts and
stops. Unclip a corner of the convenience net to fit
larger objects behind the net, then reclip it to secure
them in place.
’
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand
, while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be ableto
back away from the heating element when it’s
1 ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the
, lighter and the heating element.
1
~
The net isn’t for larger, heavier loads. Store them in the
trunk as far forward as you can.
You can unhook the net. so that it will lie tlat when
you’re not using it.
NOTICE:
To clean the rear ashtray,
open it, push down on the
snuffer, and pull it out.
NOTICE:
To clean the front ashtray, push down on the snuffer
plate and lift the ashtray out.
Don’t put papers and other things that burn into
your ashtrays.If you do, cigarettes or other
smoking materials could set them
on fire, causing
damage.
2-45
Center Console Compartment
Sunroof (Option)
Press and release the rear of
the switch and the sunroof
will open to the vent
position.
Open the sunshade by hand
when using the vent
position.
To open the center console compartment,pull the lift
lever up and the lid back.
To close the center console, push the lid down
until it clicks.
Cup Holders
There is a cup holder built into the front of the center
console foryour convenience.
Open the center console lid all the way to uncover a
front and rear cup holder.
2-46
Press the rear of the switch again to open the glass panel
and the sunshade. Press the front of the switch to stop
the panel in any position.
Press and hold the front of the switch to close the glass
panel. The sunshade can only be closed by hand.
The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if
your Chevrolet has an electrical failure.
Convertible Top (Option)
Lowering the Top
The following steps explainthe proper operation of your
convertible top.
1. Set the parking brake and shift your automatic
transaxle to PARK (P) or your manual transaxle to
NEUTRAL (N). Shutoff the engine.
NOTICE:
Remove any items from the convertible top
storage area before you lower the top. Even
small items in the storage area can damage
the topor other parts of the system.
Don’t raise or lower the convertible top
when the temperatureis below20°F
(-7°C). The cold can cause cracks and
other damage to the top as
it is being
lowered or raised.
Don’t raise or lower the convertible top
while the vehicle is moving. The wind could
damage the top. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop before attempting to raise or
lower the top. Alwaysmake sure that the
top is securely latched before driving the
vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition to the RUN position. Don’t start the
engine. Lower the side door windows.
3. Push the button in the latch handle and turn the
handle down to unhook the latch pins from the holes
over the windshield.
2-47
4. Pull the latch handle rearward away from the
windshield and hold it to fully lower the convertible
top.
2-48
5. Turn the latch handle up to the locked position.
6. Turn the ignition to the LOCK position.
7. From inside the vehicle, pull the tab on the rear seat
to fold down the seat. See “Fold-Down Rear Seat” in
the Index.
8. Open the trunk and remove both boot side covers.
Leave the trunk open.
9. Install the boot side cover by inserting the tab (A) on
the underside of the cover into the slot (B) at the top
of the quarter trim panel. Place the rear flapof the
boot side coverin the trunk lid opening, aligning the
eyelet overthe boot snap ball stud.
2-49
10. Attach the snap on the inside flap to the top of the
quarter trim panel. Do the same on the other side.
2-50
11. Pull the boot center cover from behind the rear seat
back and place it over the inner sides of the boot
side covers and the lowered top.
Raising the Top
1. Set the parlung brake and shift your automatic
transaxle to PARK (P) or your manual transaxle to
NEUTRAL (N). Turn the ignition key to the LOCK
position.
2. Open the trunk and leave it open.
12. Go to the rear of the vehicle. Place the boot center
cover along the trunk lid opening. Align one snapto
snap ball stud and push forward. Repeat for other
snap.
13. Close the trunk lid.
14. Raise the rear seatback to the up position. Push the
seat back to make sureit is latched.
3. From inside the vehicle, fold down the rear seatback.
See “Fold-Down Rear Seat” inthe Index.
2-51
4. Go to the rear of the vehicle. Pull the snap knobs
rearward to disengage the rear center cover.
Carefully tuck the center boot behind the rear
seatback. Make surethat the center cover is not
covering the rear seatback latch. Tuck end of center
boot rearward to keepit away from the rear seatback
hinge.
5. Unsnap the boot side cover fromthe top of the
quarter trim panel.
10. Turn the ignition to the RUN position. Don’t start
the engine.
11. Lower both door windows to avoid wear to the
weather strips.
6. Lift side cover eyeletat rear of side boot coverfrom
snap ball stud. Raisethe back of the boot side cover
to unhook the tab (A) from the slot (B) in t
he quarter trim panel. Do the same onthe other side.
7 . Store both boot side covers in
the trunk.
8. Close the trunk.
9. Raise the rear seatback tothe up position. Push the
seat backto make sure itis latched.
12. Push the button in the latch handle and turn the
handle down.Push the handle forward toward the
windshield and hold it until the convertible topis
fully raised, and the latch pins are all the way in the
holes above the windshield.
2-53
NOTICE: (Continued)
raise or lower completely, see “Raising the
Top
Manually” laterin this section.
Raising the Top Manually
If your vehicle loses power, or something elsehappens
that prevents you from raising the top electrically, you
may need to raise the top manually. This will allow y0.u
to safely drive the vehicle until you can get the top
repaired. Raising the convertible topmanually should
only be done in an emergency andrequires two people.
13. Turn the latch handle up to lock the top.
14. Turn the ignitionkey to the LOCK position.
Lowering the Top Manually
I NOTICE:
Do not attempt to lower the top manually as
damage to the vehicle will occur.
If the top failsto
NOTICE: (Continued)
2-54
Before you do these steps, check tomake sure that the
bypass switchin the trunk is switched up to the
NORMAL OPERATION position. If it is not, switch it
to the NORMAL OPERATION position and see if the
power top works.
1. Set the parking brake and shift your automatic
transaxle to PARK (P)or your manual transaxle to
NEUTRAL (N). Turn the engine off.
2. Push the button in the latch handle and turn the
handle down.
3. Open the trunk.
7. Position one person on each sideof the vehicle.
Carefully liftthe top by grasping the front corners of
the top, not the linkage.
~
~
~
1
NOTICE:
Do not attemptto force the top up if it does not
move freely. The topor its linkage can be
damaged. Make sure both sides are being lifted
together to avoid twisting. See your dealer if you
still can’t move the top easily.
4. Press the bypass switch down to the EMERGENCY
OVERRIDE position. The switch is located under
the shelf panel on the driver’s side in the trunk.
5. Remove the top boot as described in Steps 4 through 7
in “Raising theTOP”earlier in this section.
6. Lower the door windows completely.
2-55
8. Raise the top until it is all the way up. Line up the
top so the pins are even with the holes.
The Instrument Panel-- Your
Information System
Your instrument panel is designed to let you know at a
glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how
fast you‘re going, how much fuel you’re using, and
many other things you’ll need to drive safely and
economically.
The main components of your instrutnent panel are:
1. Instrument Panel Intensity Control
2. Turn Signal/MuItifunction Lever
3. Hazard Warning Flashers Switch
4. Ignition Switch
5. Windshield Wiper/Wtlsher Controls
6. Audio System
9. Pull down on the top and turn the latch handle up to
lock the convertible top.
7. Climate Controls and Rear Window Defogger
8. Ashtray
9. Parking Brake Lever
10. Press the bypass switch up to the NORMAL
OPERATION position.
1 0 . Tilt Steering Wheel Lever (Option)
11. Close the trunk.
1 1 . Hood Release Lever
12. Raise the rear seatback to the up position. Push the
seat back to make sure it is latched.
12. Fuse Panel
2-56
2-57
Instrument Panel Clusters
Your Chevrolet is equipped with one of these instrument
panel clusters, which include indicator warning lights
and gages that are explained on the following pages. Be
2-58
sure to read about those that apply to the instrument
panel cluster for your vehicle.
Speedometer and Odometer
Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven,
in either miles (used in the United States) or kilometers
(used in Canada).
Your Chevrolet has a tamper resistant odometer. If you
see silver lines between the numbers, you’ll know that
so1neone has probably tried to turn it back, so the
numbers may n o t be true.
2-59
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a
new odometer installed.
If the new one can be set to the mileage total of the old
odometer, then it must be. But if it can’t, then it’s set at
zero and a label must be put on the driver’s door to show
the old mileage reading when the new odometer was
installed.
Trip Odometer (Option)
The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has
been driven since you last set the trip odometerto zero.
To set the trip odometer to zero, press the knob to the
right of it.
Tachometer (Option)
The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions
per minute (rpm).
I NOTICE:
I
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red area,or engine damage mayoccur.
2-60
Warning Lights, Gagesand
Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you
locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enough to causean
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also saveyou or
others from injury.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come on briefly when you start the
engine just to let you know they’re working. If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, checkthe section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’rea big help.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
When the key is turned
to RUN o r START, a
chime will come on
for about eight seconds
to remind people to
fasten their safety
belts, unless the
driver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for
about 20 seconds, then it will flash for about 55 seconds.
If the driver’s belt is already buckled, neither the chime
nor the light will come on.
Air Bag Readiness Light
There is an air bag readinesslight on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG . The system checks the
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. Thelight
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes the air bag sensorsand modules, the
wiring and the diagnostic module. For more information
on the air bag system, see “AirBag” in the Index.
r l
AIR
BAG
You will see this light
flash for a few seconds
when you turn your
ignition to RUN or
START.
Then the light should go out. This means the system is
ready.
If the air bag readiness light doesn’t come on when you
start your vehicle, or stays on, or comeson when you
are driving. your air bag system may not work properly.
Have your vehicle serviced right away.
2-61
Brake System Warning Light
BRAKE
Your Chevrolet’s hydraulic
brake system is divided into
two parts. If one part isn’t
working, the other part can
still work and stop you. For
good braking, though, you
need both parts working
well.
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, or if the
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing, have
the vehicle towed for service. (See“Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.)
If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
This light should come on briefly as you start the
vehicle. If it doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there’s a problem.
If the light comes on while you are driving,pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
2-62
The brake system warning light will also come on when
you set your parking brake, and it will stay on if your
parking brake doesn’t release fully. If it stays on after
your parking brake is fully released, it means you have a
brake problem.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
1 With the anti-lock brake
’ system, this lightwill come
on when you start your
engine and it will stay on
for three seconds.That’s
normal.
If the light doesn’t come on,have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is aproblem.
If the light flashes when you’re driving, you don’t have
anti-lock brakes and there could be problem
a
with your
regular brakes. Pulloff the road and stop carefully. You
may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the pedal
may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop.
Have the vehicletowed for service. (See“Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or, if the light comes on and stays on
when you’re driving, stopas soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Then start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light still stays on, or comes on again
while you’re driving, your Chevrolet needs service. If
the light is on but not flashing and the regular brake
system warning light isn’t on, you still have brakes, but
you don’t have anti-lock brakes.
2-63
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
Low Coolant Warning Light
If this light comes on and
stays on, your system is low
on coolant and the engine
may overheat. See the Index
under “Engine Coolant” and
have your vehicle serviced
as soon as you can.
\‘+’”260
100
Your vehicle has one of these Engine Coolant
Temperature Gages.
Check Gages Light
With the ignition in the RUN position, the gage shows
the engine coolant temperature.
If the gage pointer tnoves into the red area, your engine
is too hot! It means that your engine coolant has
overheated. If you have been operating your vehicle
under normal driving conditions,you should pull off’the
road, stop your vehicle and turn off’the engine as soon
as possible.
In “Problems on the Road,“ this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
2-64
CHECK
GAGES
I
This light will come on
briefly when you are
starting the engine.I f the
light comes on and stays on
while you are driving, check
your various gages to see if
they are in the warning
zones.
Oil Warning Light
If you have a low engine oil
pressure problem, this light
will stay on after you start
your engine, or come on
when you are driving. This
indicates that your engine is
not receiving enough oil.
NOTICE:
The engine couldbe low on oil, or could have some
other oil problem. Have it fixed
immediately.
Damage to your engine from neglected oil
problems can be costly and is not covered by your
The oil light could also come on in two other situations: warranty.
0
When theignition is on but the engine is not running,
the light will come onas a test to showyou it is
working, but the light will go out when you turn the
ignition to START. If it doesn’t come onwith the
ignition on, you may have a problem with the fuse or
bulb. Have it fixed right away.
0
If you make a hard stop,the light may come on for a
moment. This isnormal.
2-65
Charging System Light
Check Oil Light
This light should come on
briefly while you are
starting your engine. If the
light doesn’t come on, have
it repaired. If the light
comes on while starting and
stays on, your engine oil
level should be checked.
The charging system light
will come on briefly when
you turn on the ignition, and
the engine is not running, as
a check to show you it is
working. Then it should go
out.
Prior to checking your oil level, be sure your vehicle is
on a level surface and has been shut off for several
minutes to allow the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
Check your oil level and bring it to the proper level.
See “Engine Oil” in the Index.
If it stays on, or comes on while you are driving, you
may have a problem with the electrical charging system.
It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive
belt, or another electrical problem. Have it checked right
away. Driving while this light is on could drain your
battery.
CHECK
OIL
The oil level monitoring system only checks the oil
during the brief period between turning the key on and
when the engine starts. It does not check the oil level
while the engine is running.
Parking on steep grades may cause the light to come
on even when the oil level is correct. If this happens,
park the vehicle on a level surface and check the oil
level.
2-66
If you must drive a short distance with the light on, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Here are four things that some owners ask about. None
of these show a problem with your fuel gage:
Fuel Gage
\
/
/
F
UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY
When the ignition is on,
your fuel gage tells you
about how much fuel you
have left.
At the service station, the gas pump shuts off before
the gage reads FULL (F).
It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the
gage indicated. For example, the gage may have
indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the tank’s capacity to fill
the tank.
El9
0
When the indicator nears EMPTY (E), you still have a
little fuel left, but you should get more soon.
The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or
speed up.
The gage doesn’t go back to EMPTY (E) when you
turn off the ignition.
For your fuel tank capacity, see “Capacities and
Specifications” in the Index.
2-67
i
Shift Light(ManualTransaxle)
This light comes on when
you need to shift to the next
higher gear. See “Manual
Transaxle” in the Index.
SHIFT
Malfunction IndicatorLamp
(Check Engine Light)
r
A computer monitors
operation of your fuel,
ignition and emission
control systems. This light
should come on when the
ignition is on, but the
engine is not running, as a
check toshow you it is
working.
If it does not come on at all, have it fixed right away. If
it stays on, or it comes onwhile you are driving, the
computer is indicating that you have a problem. You
should take your vehicle in for service soon.
NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while the emission controls won’t
work as well, your fuel economy won’t
be as good
and your engine may not run as smoothly. This
could lead to costly repairs not coveredby your
warranty.
If Your Vehicle Is Equipped with OBD I1
(2.3L Code D Engine Only)
Certain vehicles are equipped with a new emission
diagnostic system. You can tell whether your vehicle has
this system by reading your tune-up label located under
the hood. If the label says “OBD 11” on it. the following
instructions apply.
Your Chevrolet is equipped with an onboard computer
which monitors operation of the emission control
system. This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics -- Second Generation) and is intended to
assure that emissions areat acceptable levels forthe life
of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
environment. The CHECK ENGINE light comes on to
indicate when service is require.d. Malfunctions often
will be indicated by the system beforeany problem is
apparent, which may prevent more serious damage tc,
your vehicle. This system is also designed toassist your
service technician in correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.
The CHECK ENGINE light should come on, as acheck
to show you it is working, when the ignition is on and
the engine is not running. This light will also come on
during a malfunction in one of two ways:
Light On Steady: This indicates a system
malfunction has been detected. Drive the vehicle to
the dealer for service at your first opportunity.
Light Flashing: This indicates a misfire has been
detected which may damage the emission control
system. The damagemay be reduced by Iowering the
vehicle speed, reducing the amount of cargo being
hauled or trailered, avoidinghard acceleration, or by
avoiding steep uphill grades. If these actions are
effective, the light will stop flashing and remain on
steady. Drive the vehicle to a dealer for service.If
the light continues to flash, stopthe vehicle. Wait for
a steady light to come on, then drive the vehicle to a
dealer for service.
2-69
These following conditions alsomay cause the CHECK
ENGINE light to comeon:
Low Fuel/Out of Fuel: As the vehicle starts to run
out of fuel, the CHECK ENGINE lightmay come on
as a result of an engine misfire. Filling your fuel tank
should correct this condition. Make sure to install the
gas cap fully. It will require a few driving trips to
turn the light off.
0
Poor Quality Fuel: Be sure to fuel your vehicle with
quality fuel. Your engine may not run efficiently on
poor fuel. Poor fuel may cause stalling, hesitation or
misfire. These conditions may go away when the
engine is warmed-up. However, poor quality fuel
may cause the CHECK ENGINE light to come on.
Have a dealer check the vehicle. If no problems are
found, you may want to change to another brand of
fuel.
0
Driving Through Standing Water: Driving your
vehicle through puddles of deep standing water may
result in a temporary misfire condition. This
condition will usually correct itself shortly after the
electrical system dries out. i t will require a few
driving trips to turn the light off.
2-70
Passlock Warning Light
THEFT
SYSTEM
This light will come on
when you turn the key
towards the START
position. The light will stay
on until the vehicle starts.
If the light flashes, the Passlock system has entered a
tamper mode. If the vehicle fails to start, see “Passlock”
in the Index.
If the light comes on continuously while drivingand
stays on, there may be a problem with the Passlock
system. Your vehicle will not be protected by Passlock,
and you should see your dealer.
0Section 3
Comfort Controls and Audio Svstems
J
In this section you’ll find out how to operate the comfort
control systems and audio systems offered with your
Chevrolet. Be sure to read about the particular system
supplied with your vehicle.
System Controls
Climate Control System
Fan Knob
Your vehicle also has the flow-through ventilation
system described later in this section.
The left knob selects the force of air you want. To turn
the fan off, turn the mode knob all the way
counterclockwise. In any other setting, the fan will run
continuously. The fan must be on to run the air
conditioning compressor.
Temperature Knob
The center knob changesthe temperature of the air
coming through the system. Turn this knob toward the
red (clockwise) for warmer air. Turn it toward blue
(counterclockwise) for coolerair.
With this system, you can control the ventilation and
heating in your vehicle.
3-1
Mode Knob
The right knob has several settings to control the
direction of air flow. For eachsetting, set the
temperature to a comfortable setting.
0
9 DEFOG: This setting allows half of the air to go to
the floor ducts and half to the defrost and side window
vents.
9DEFROST: This setting directs most of the air
MAX (Option): This setting recirculates much of
the air inside your vehicle and sends it through the
instrument panel outlets. The air conditioning
compressor will run automatically in this setting when it
is needed to help dry the air in the vehicle.
through the defroster and side window vents. Some of
the air goes to the floor ducts. If your vehicle is
equipped with an air conditioner, the air conditioning
compressor will run automatically in this setting when it
is needed to help dry the air in the vehicle.
2 VENT: This setting brings in outside air and
Air Conditioning CompressorButton
directs itthrough the instrument panel.
BI-LEVEL: This setting brings in outside air and
directs it two ways. Some air isdirected through the
instrument panel outlets. Most of the air is directed
through the floor ductsand a little to the defrost and side
window vents.
1j
FLOOR: This setting sends most of the air through
the ducts near the floor. The rest comes out of the
defroster and side window vents.
Press the A/C button to operate the air conditioner
compressor. The indicator light above the button will
glow when the button is pressed. You don’t have to
press the button to run the compressor in MAX or
DEFROST.
Air Conditioning (Option)
On very hot days, open the windows long enough to let
hot, inside air escape. This reduces the time it takes for
your vehicle to cool down, which should help fuel
economy.
For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX with
the temperature knob all the way in the blue area. I f this
3-2
setting is used for long periodsof time, the airin your
vehicle may become too dry.
For normal cooling on hot days, use VENT with the
N C button
temperature knob in the blue area and the
pushed in. The system will bring in outside air and cool it.
On cool but sunny days, the sun may warm your upper
If your vehicle has an engine coolant heater, you can use
it to help your system provide warm air faster when it’s
cold outside (0°F (-18°C) or lower). An engine coolant
heater warms the coolant your engine and heating
system use to provide heat. See “Engine Coolant
Heater” in the Index.
Ventilation
body, but your lower body may not be warm enough.
You can use BI-LEVELwith the temperature knob in
the middle and the A/C button pushed in. The system
will bring in outside air and direct slightly warmer air to
your lower body. You may notice this temperature
difference more at some timesthan others.
For mild outside temperatures when little heating or
cooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside air
through your vehicle. Your vehicle also has the
flow-through ventilation system described later in this
section.
Heating
Defogging and DefrostingWindows
On cold days useFLOOR with the temperature all the
way in the red area. The systemwill bring in outside air,
heat it and send it to the floor ducts.
Your system has two settings for clearing the front and
side windows.To defrost the windows quickly, use
DEFROST with the temperature knob all the way in the
red area. To warm passengers while keeping the
windows clean, use DEFOG.
Your vehicle has heat ducts that are directed toward the
rear seat. Keep the area underthe front seats clearof
obstructions so the heated air can reachthe rear seat
passengers.
To defog the side windows while using the air
conditioner, set the right control to BI-LEVEL,the fan
control to the highest setting, and press the A/C button.
Aim the side vents toward the side windows. For
increased air flow to the side vents, close the center
vents.
3-3
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger
uses a warming grid to
remove fog from the rear
window.
Press the button to t11rn the
defogger on. It will turn
itself off after about ten
minutes.
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license across the
defogger grid on the rear window.
I NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor blade or somethingelse sharp
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
Flow-Through Ventilation
If you turn it on again, the defogger will only run for
about five minutes before turning off. You can also turn
it off by pressing the button again.
3-4
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
outside air into the vehicle when it is moving. Outside
air will also enter the vehicle when the air conditioning
fan is running.
Ventilation Tips
0
0
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow or
any other obstruction, such as leaves. The heater and
defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of
fogging the inside of your windows.
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, adjust the
mode knob to FLOOR and the fan to the highest
speed for a few moments before drivingoff. This
helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture
and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your
windows.
Keep the air path under the front seats cle.ar of
objects. This helps air circulate throughout your
vehicle.
Audio Systems
Your [email protected] audiosystem has been designed to operate
easily and give years of listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment out of it if you ac mint yourself
with it first. Find out what your Delco9s system cando
and how to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re
getting the most out of the advanced engineering that
went into it.
Setting the Clock
No matter which audio system you have in your vehicle,
setting the clock is easy.
1. With the ignition on and the radio on or off, press
SET. The SET indicator will appear on the digital
screen for five seconds.
2. You must begin to set the clock to the correct hour
and minute during those five seconds.
If your audio system does not have a CD player:
0
Press the SEEK down arrow to set the hour.
Press the SEEK up arrow to set the minute.
If your audio systemhas a CD player:
0
Press SCAN to set the hour.
Press the SEEK up or down arrows to decrease or
increase the minutes.
3-5
!
A W M Stereo Radio
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOL: Turn this knob clockwise toturn the radio
on and to increase thevolume. Turn it counterclockwise
to decrease the volume and to turn the radio
off.
RCL: Press this button briefly to recall the station being
played or the clockdisplay. To change what is normally
shown onthe display (station or time), press the button
TUNE
until you see the display you want, then hold the button
until the display flashes. If you press thebutton when
the ignition is off, the clock will show for a few seconds.
BASS
LSCANJ
~
PAM
- FM
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press the lowerknob to change betweenAM
and FM bands.
TUNE:Turn the lower knob to tune in radio stations.
~
~
The digital display indicates information on time or
radio station frequency, the AM or FM radio band,
whether the station is in stereo, andother radio
functions.
3-6
SEEK: Press the up or down arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station. The sound
will be muted while
seeking.
SCAN: The scan function uses the same two buttons as
the seek function.
press two side-by-side pushbuttonsat the same time
to preset an additional three stations.
Press and hold the SEEK up arrow and then the SEEK
down arrow to go to the next higher station, stop for a
few seconds, then go on to the next station.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to set additional stations.
Whenever you press that numbered button or pair of
buttons, the station you set will return.
Press and hold the SEEK down arrow and then the SEEK
up arrow to go to the next lower station, stop for a few
seconds, then go on to the next station.
Setting the Tone
If you have a compact disc player, press SCAN to listen
to the next station for a few seconds.
The radio will continue scanning until it has scanned around
the band twice. Press PWR-VOL to stop scanning.
Presets: The four pushbuttonsunder the digital display
can be used to preset up to 14 radio stations (seven AM
and seven FM stations). The compactdisc player has
five pushbuttons that can be used to set five AM and
five FM stations.
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want.
3. Press the SET button.
4. Within five seconds, press one of the numbered
buttons. If your radio has four pushbuttons, you can
BASS: Slide this lever up to increase bass, or down to
decrease it. If you have a compact disc player, press the
up or down arrow on the BASS button to adjust the
bass.
TREBLE: Slide this lever up to increase treble, or down
to decrease it. If a station is weak or noisy, reduce the
treble. If you have a compact disc player, press the up or
down arrow on the TREB button to adjust the treble.
Adjusting theSpeakers
BALANCE: Turn the control ring behind the upper
knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers. The
middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control ring behind the lower knob to
move the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
position is a detent and balances the speakers.
3-7
AM/FM Stereo Radioswith Cassette Tape
Player or Compact Disc Player
Your Chevrolet may have a radio with a cassette tape
player or a compact disc player. To play the radio,
follow the instructions earlier in this manual under
“AM/FM Stereo Radio.” For other features, seethe
following instructions for the feature yourradio has.
Playing a Cassette Tape
The side with the tape visible goes into the tape player
first. If the ignition is on, the tape will begin playing. If
you hear nothing or hear a garbled sound,the tape may
not be in squarely. Press STOP-EJECT to remove the
tape and start over.
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, FADE,
BALANCE, TREB and BASS buttons justas you do for
the radio. Otherbuttons may have different functions
when a tape is inserted. The display will show which
side of the tape is being played.
REV: Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly. Press
the STOP-EJECT button to return to normal playing.
PWR - VOL
TREBLE
FWD: Press this button to advance quickly to another
part of the tape. Press the STOP-EJECT button to return
to normal playing.
PROG: Press this button to change the side of the tape
that is playing.
STOP-EJECT Press this button to remove the tape and
return to the radio.
Your tape player is designed to work best with tapes that
are 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes that are
longer than this may not work well in this tape player.
Playing the Compact Disc Player
It is very humid. If so, wait about an hour and try
again.
It is very cold. Wait until the temperature inside the
vehicle warms up, then try again.
:o
PWR - VOL
TUYE
f
R
AM-FM
Use only full-sized compact discs. Do not use
mini-discs or “singles”.They won’t eject properly.
RCL: Press this button to see what track is playing.
Press it again within five secondsto see how long it has
been playing.
COMP: Press this button to make soft and loud
passages more equal in volume. Press it again to resume
normal play.
RDM: Press this button to play
tracks in random, rather
Insert a disc partway into
the slot, label sideup. The
player willpull it in.If the ignition is on,but the radio is
off, the disc will begin playing. If you want to insert a
disc when the ignition is off,press EJECT.
If you’re driving on avery rough road, the disc may not
play. If “Err” appears on the display and the disc comes
back out, it could bethat:
0
The disc is upside down.
than sequential,order. This feature remains active until
the RDM button is pressed again.
REV: Press and hold this button to returnto a passage
quickly. You will hear soundat a reduced volume.
FWD: Press and holdthis button to advance to a
passage quickly. You will hear sound at a reduced
volume.
SCAN: Press thisbutton to sample ten seconds of each
track. Press again to stop scanning.
It is dirty, scratched or wet.
3-9
PREV Press to play a track again. If you keep pressing
To Set the Anti-Theft System:
the PREV button, the disc will keep backing up to
previous tracks.
1. Write down any six-digit number and keep it in a
safe place. Thisis your secret code.
NEXT: Press to advance tothe next track. If you keep
pressing the NEXT button, the disc will keep advancing
to other tracks.
STPPL: Press this button to switch between the radio
and disc when a disc is in the player.
2. Turn the ignition on.
EJECT Press this button to remove the disc. The radio
will play.
If you turn off the ignition or radio with a disc in the
player, it will stay in the player. When you turn on the
ignition or system, the disc will start playing where it
was stopped.
CD Player Anti-Theft Feature
Delco LOC [email protected] a security feature that can be used or
ignored. If you ignore it, the radio will play normally. If
you use it, your radio cannot be turned on if it is stolen.
These instructions will tell you how to enter a secret
code into the radio. If battery power is lost for any
reason, the secret code must be entered again before
your audio system can be turned on.
3-10
3. Rotate the PWR-VOL knob to turn the radio off.
4. Press station preset buttons 1 and 4 at the same time
and hold until “---” shows on the display.
You now have only I5 seconds between each of the
following steps.
5. Press SET and “000” will appear on the display.
6. Press SCAN until the first digit of your code
appears.
7. Press SEEK until the second and third digits of your
code appear.
8. Press the TUNE knob (“000” will appear on the
display).
9. Press SCAN until the fourth digit of your code
appears.
10. Press SEEK until the fifth and sixth digits of your
code appear.
11. Press the TUNE knob (“rEP” will appear for five
seconds, then “000”).
6. Press SCAN until the fourth digit of your code
appears.
12. Repeat steps 6 through 10. Then press the TUNE
knob again. SECwill appear, indicating that Delco
LOC I1 is set, and your radiois secure. If “---”
appears, the stepswere not successful and you must
repeat the entire procedure.
7. Press SEEK until the fifth and sixth digits of your
code appear.
To Disable the Anti-TheftSystem
Enter your secret codeby following these steps(you
will have only 15 seconds between each step).
1. Turn the ignition on and the radio off, thenpress
station preset buttons 1 and4. SEC will appear,
showing the radio is secure.
2. Press SET and “000” will appear on the display.
3. Press SCAN until the first digit of your secret code
appears.
4. Press SEEK until the second andthird digits of your
code appear.
5 . Press the TUNE knob (“000” will appear on the
display).
8. Press the TUNE knob. If the display shows “---,”the
radio is unsecuredand will play again. If the display
shows SEC, thesteps were not successful and the
numbers did not match the secret code.
If you lose or forget your code, see your
dealer.
If you lose battery power, when the battery is
reconnected the radio will not turn on and LOC will
appear. Follow Steps 1 through 8 for disabling your
system, and the time will appear if you are successful. If
SEC appears,the numbers did not match and your unit
is still locked.
Understanding RadioReception
FM Stereo
FM Stereo will give you the best sound, but FM signals
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
3-11
AM
The range formost AM stations is greaterthan for FM,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can also
pick up noise from things like storms and power lines.
To lower this noise, try reducing the treble level.
,*ps for Using Your Audio System
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is toolate. Your hearing can adaptto higher
volumes of sound. Soundthat seems normal can be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume controlon your radio toa safe
sound level before your hearing adaptsto it.
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
’ NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can
add what you want. If you can, it’s very
important to do it properly. Added sound
equipment may interfere with the operationof
your vehicle’s engine, [email protected] or other
systems, and even damage them. And, your
vehicle’s systems may interfere with the
operation of sound equipment that has been
added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check
with
your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephone units.
--
--
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly is subject to
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes, or a damaged
mechanism. Tape cassettes that are not properly stored
in their plastic cases away from contaminants, direct
sunlight, and extreme heatmay not operate properly and
could cause premature failureof the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned after 50 hours of use.
If you notice a reduction in sound quality, try a known
good cassette to see if the tape or the tape player is at
fault. If this other cassettehas no improvement in sound
quality, clean the tape player.
Cleaning may be done with a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassette. This systemuses a
cleaning cassette with pads which scrub the tape head as
the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. A scrubbing action
cleaning cassette is available through your Chevrolet
dealership.
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action,wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabricbelt to clean
the tape head. It may not clean as thoroughly as the
scrubbing type cleaner.
Cassettes are subject towear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always verify that the cassette tape
is in good condition before you have your tape player
serviced.
3-13
!
I
Care of Your Compact Discs
Fixed Mast Antenna
Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
The fixed mast antenna canwithstand most car washes
without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
slightly bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If the
mast is badly bent, as itmight be by vandals, you should
replace it.
Be sure never to touch the signal surfacewhen handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edgesor the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Check every oncein a while to be sure the mast is still
tightened to the fender.
3-14
0Section 4
Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about
driving is: Drive
defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
Chevrolet: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive drivingreally means “be ready for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads, or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers aregoing to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Beready for their mistakes.
Here you’ll find information about driving on different
kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions.We’ve
also included many other useful tips on driving.
Rear-end collisions are aboutthe most preventable of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance.It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
4-1
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is
a national tragedy. It’s the number one contributor tothe
highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims every
year.
The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcoholand then drive. But
what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
driver plans to drive?It’s a lot lessthan many might
think. Although it depends on eachperson and situation,
here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a
vehicle:
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
who is drinking dependsupon four things:
Drunken Driving
0
Judgment
0
How much alcohol consumed
0
Muscular Coordination
0
The drinker’s body weight
0
Vision
0
0
Attentiveness
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
Police recordsshow that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases,
these deaths are theresult of someone whowas drinking
and driving. In recent years, some 18,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths havebeen associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured.
Many adults -- by some estimates,nearly half the adult
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they
never drive after drinking. For persons under 21, it’s
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.
4-2
The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol
According to the American Medical Association, a
180-pound (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
(45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
-
man of her samebody weight when each hasthe same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states setsthe legal limit ata BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing numberof U.S. states, and
0.08 percent. In some
throughout Canada, the limit is
other countriesit’s even lower. The BAC limit forall
commercial drivers in the U.S. is 0.04 percent.
The BACwill be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol isin the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example,if
the sameperson drank three doublemartinis (3 ounces
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes foodjust before or during drinkingwill have a
somewhat lower BAC level.
There isa gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentageof body water than men.
Since alcohol is carried in body water, this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skillsof
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worseat night. All
0.05 percent.
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above
Statistics showthat the chance of being in a collision
increases sharply for drivers whohave a BAC of
0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent has doubled hisor her chanceof having a
collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of
this driver having a collision is twelve times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is twenty-five times
greater!
4-3
The body takes about anhour to rid itself of the alcohol
in one drink.No amount of coffee ornumber of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle gowhere
you want it to go. They arethe brakes, the steering and
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work
at the places where the tires meet the road.
Braking action involvesperception time and reaction
time.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
That's perception time. Then you have tobring up your
foot and do it. That's reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that's only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination,
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugsand
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 k d h ) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough spacebetween your vehicle and others
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surface of the road (whether it's pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; and the condition of your brakes.
Sometimes, as when you're driving on snow or ice, it's
easy to ask more of those control systemsthan the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-5
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking
-- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This is a
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you
do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the
traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stopswhile you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your Chevrolet has an advanced electronic braking
system that will help prevent a braking skid.
This light on the
instrument panel will
come on briefly when
you start your vehicle.
When you start your vehicle, or when you begin to drive
away, you may hear a momentary motor or clicking
noise. And you may even notice that your brake pedal
moves a little while this is going on. Thisis the ABS
system testing itself. If there’s a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, the anti-lock brake system
warning light will stay on or flash.
See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light” in the
Index.
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure
faster than any driver could. The computeris
programmed to make the most of available tire and road
conditions.
Here's how anti-lock works. Let's say the road is wet.
Yo~1'1-e
driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of YOLI.
You slam on the brakes. Here's what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. I f one
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at the
rear wheels.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get your foot up to the brake pedal. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you, you won’t have time
to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or
stops. Always leave enough room up ahead to stop, even
though you have anti-lock brakes.
To Use Anti-Lock
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidentsmentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Braking in Emergencies
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going in the same direction.If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
Use your anti-lock braking system when you need to.
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can help you more
than even the very best braking.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
which the curve is banked, and your speed. Whileyou’re in
a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.
Steering
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve. Then you
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems -- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet
the road. Adding thesudden acceleration can demand too
much of those places. You can lose control.
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down
and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel the system
working, or you may notice some noise, but this is
normal.
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
4-8
What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up on the
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you want it
to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should
adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
curve, doit before you enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or
right depending on the space available.
An emergency like thisrequires close attention and a
quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steerquickly, and
just as quickly straighten thewheel once you have
avoided the object.
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective than
braking. For example, you come over a hill and find a
truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls out
from nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked
cars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid these
problems by braking -- if you can stop in time. But
sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room. That’s the time for
evasive action -- steering around the problem.
Your Chevrolet can perform very well in emergencies
like these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking in
Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is better to
remove as much speed as you can from a possible
The f x t that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive drivingat
all times and wear safety belts properly.
4-9
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off‘ the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
The driverof a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waits for just the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer
so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
You can turn the steering wheel up to 1/4 turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then turn
your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds,A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, or abrief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver faceto facewith the
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.
So here are sometips for passing:
.-
I
SLOW DOWN
edge of paved surface
4-10
LEFT
QUARTEH
0
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides, and
to crossroads for situations that might affect your
passing patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever
about making a successful pass, wait for a better time.
0
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings, and
lines. If you can see a sign up ahead that might
indicate a turn or an intersection, delay your pass. A
broken center line usually indicates it’s all right to
pass (providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross
a solid line on your side of the lane or a doublesolid
line, even if the road seems empty of approaching
traffic.
lunm
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
following too closely reduces your area
of vision,
especially if you’re following alarger vehicle. Also,
you won’t have adequate spaceif the vehicle ahead
suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a reasonable
distance.
When it looks like a chanceto pass is coming up,
start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your moveso you will be
increasing speed asthe time comes to move into the
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
“running start” that more than makes up for the
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to causeyou to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and drop back again and
wait for anotheropportunity.
If other cars arelined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn’ttrying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder
and check
the blind spot.
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and
start your left lane changesignal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are far enough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away from you
than it really is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the next
vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right.
4-11
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer
and constantly seek an escape route or area of less
danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But skids are always
possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Chevrolet’s
three control systems. In the braking skid your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
4-12
If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel, or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving tothese
conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or
braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
You may not realize the surfxe is slippery until your
vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water, ice or packed snow
on the road to make a “mirrored surface” -- and slow
down when you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
Driving at Night
Here are some tipson night driving.
0
Drive defensively.
0
Don’t drink and drive.
0
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
0
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more space between you and other
vehicles.
0
Slow down, especiallyon higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
0
In remote areas, watch for animals.
0
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place and
rest.
Night Vision
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One
reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired -- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems, or by fatigue.
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
4-13
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
have less trouble adjusting to night. But if you’re
driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
Driving in the Rain
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and aren’t
even aware of it.
4-14
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don‘t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It‘s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surfxe may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see.Even if your
windshield wiper bladesare in good shape, aheavy rain
can make itharder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road, and even
people walking.
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes.Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit them.
It’s wise to keep yourwiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled. Replace
your windshield wiper inserts whenthey show signsof
streaking or missing areason the windshield, or when
strips of rubber start to separate fromthe inserts.
4-15
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your
tires haven’t much tread or if the pressure in one or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections fromtrees, telephone
poles, or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
4-16
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
0 Turn on your low-beam headlamps -- not just your
parking lamps -- to help make you more visible to
others.
0
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
City Driving
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get to where you are going.
Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown
part of the city just asyou would for across-country
trip.
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start to
move, check both ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be running the red
light.
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of traffic on them. You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doingand pay attention to
traffic signals.
4-17
Freeway Driving
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving.Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as apassing lane.
At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clearview of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Mile for mile, freeways (also calledthruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes, or superhighways) arethe safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
4-18
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make surethere isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway, makecertain you
allow a reasonable following distance.Expect to move
slightly slowerat night.
Chevrolet dealers all across North America. They’ll be
ready and willing to help if you need it.
Here are some thingsyou can check before a trip:
When you want to leave the freeway,move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit donot, under
any circumstances, stopand back up. Drive on to the
next exit.
Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite
sharply.
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
all levels?
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
The exit speed is usually posted.
Lanzps: Are they all working‘?Are the lenses clean?
Reduce your speed accordingto your speedometer,not
to your senseof motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the
recommended pressure?
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Make sure you’reready. Try to be well rested. If you
must start when you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoesyou
can easily drivein.
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Shouldyou delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
0
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip?If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service expertsin
4-19
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Is there actually such a condition as “highway
hypnosis”? Oris it just plain falling asleepat the wheel?
Call it highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or
whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with
the same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on the
road, the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind
against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t let it
happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the
road in less thnn n second, and you could crash and be
injwed.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it can happen.
Then here are some tips:
Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service,
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
4-20
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
0
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, coolingsystem and
transaxle. These parts canwork hard on mountain
roads.
0
Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your engine do someof the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.
0
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
0
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
0
As you go overthe top of a hill, be alert. There could
be something in your lane, like a stalled car or an
accident.
0
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area,or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
4-21
Winter Driving
Here are some tips for
winter driving:
0
Have your Chevrolet in good shape for winter. Be
sure your enginecoolant mix is correct.
YOU may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your trunk.
4-22
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, arag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth, and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or acouple of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and the
road, youcan have a very slippery situation.You’ll have a lot
less traction or *‘grip‘’ andwill need to be very careful.
least traction of all. You can get “wet ice“ when it’s
about freezing (32°F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to
fall. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until salt and sand
crews can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution. Accelerate gently.
Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate
too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface
under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your ability to make a
hard stop on a slippery road. Even though you have the
anti-lock braking system, you’ll want to begin stopping
sooner than you would on dry pavement. See
“Anti-Lock” in the Index.
Allow greaterfollowing distance on any slippery
road.
0
What’s the worst time for this’? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches ]nay appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings, or under bridges.
Sometimes the surfhce of a curve or an overpass may
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not t o brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
4-23
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve been
stopped by the snow. Put on extra clothingor wrap a
blanket around you. If you have no blankets or extra
clothing, make body insulators from newspapers, burlap
bags, rags, floor mats -- anything you can wrap around
yourself or tuck under your clothing to keepwarm.
You can run the engine to keepwarm, but be careful.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a
serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe: Turn on your hazard flashers. Tie a red
4-24
Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heater run for awhile.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engineagain
and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
out of the vehicle and do somefairly vigorous exercises
every half hour or so until help comes.
4-25
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Follow these steps:
You can tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for use
at your destination. Be sure to use the proper towing
equipment designed for recreational towing. Follow the
instructions for the towing equipment.
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
Towing Your Vehicle from the Front
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Turn the ignition key to OFF to unlock the steering
wheel.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position
with a clamping devicedesigned for towing.
5. Release the parking brake.
P
4-26
-
If your vehicle has a manual transaxle, you may tow
your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Follow
these steps:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition key to OFF t o unlock the steering
wheel.
3. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position
with a clamping devicedesigned for towing.
4. Shift your manual transaxle t o NEUTRAL (N).
5. Release the parking brake.
I NOTICE:
Make sure that the towing speed does not exceed
55 mph (90 k h ) , or your vehicle could be badly
damaged.
4-27
Towing Your Vehicle from the Rear
.
7
._..-
I
nn
-1
8
NOTICE:
Do not tow your vehicle from the rear. Your
vehicle could be badly damaged and the repairs
would not be covered by your warranty.
4-28
Loading Your Vehicle
ym
TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
CTR.
FRT.
RR,
TOTAL LBS.
KG
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
CAPACITY WEIGHT
XXX
COLD
TIRE
TIRE SIZE
PRESSURE
SPEED
PSI/KPa
RTG
FRT.
RR.
SPA.
IF TIRES ARE HOT, ADD 4PS1/28KPa
SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
>$\-I;;: :;;i;;lM
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it
may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label
found on the rear edge of the driver's door tells you the
proper size, speed rating and recommended inflation
pressures for the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you
important information about the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and the total weight that you can
carry. This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity Weight,
and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
DATE
GVWR
GAWR
FRT GAWR RR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVENTION
STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
The other labelis the Certification label, foundon the
rear edge of the driver’s door. It tells you the gross
weight capacityof your vehicle, called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includesthe
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for yourvehicle, or the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for eitherthe front or rear
axle.
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,
tools, packages, or anything else-- they will go as fast
as the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly,
or if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread it
out. Don’t carry more than 132 lbs. (60 kg) in your
trunk.
4-29
I
Towing a Trailer ( Models with2.3L
Engine and Four Speed Automatic
Transaxle )
4-30
NOTICE:
Pulling atrailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice in this part, and see your Chevrolet
dealer for important information about towing a
trailer with your vehicle.
Do not tow a trailer if your vehicle is equipped with a
2.2L (Code 4) engine. You also cannot tow a trailer if
your vehicle is equipped with a manual or a three speed
automatic transaxle.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with a
2.3L (Code D) engine, a fourspeed automatic transaxle
and proper trailer towing equipment. To identify what
the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in “Weight of the Trailer”
that appears later in this section. But trailering is
different than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
Many of these are important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies, and tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extraheat. What’s more, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points.
0
There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’ll be driving. A good source for this
information can be state or provincial police.
0
Consider using a sway control.
You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls.
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000 miles
( I 600 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle or otherparts could be damaged.
That’s the reason for this part. I n it are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
4-31
0
0
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km)that you
tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t make starts at fullthrottle. This helpsyour
engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Don’t drive faster than the maximum posted speed
for trailers (or no morethan 55 mph (90 k d h ) ) to
save wear on your vehicle’s parts.
Three important considerations have to dowith weight:
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure because it affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle. The capacityweight includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargoyou may carry in
it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And
if you will tow a trailer, you must subtract the tongue
load fromyour vehicle’s capacity weight because your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” in the Index for moreinformation about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
Weight of the Trailer
~
I
Your vehicle can tow normally up to 1,000 pounds (450kg).
1
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any
special equipmentthat you have on your vehicle.
’
’
You can askyour dealer for ourtrailering information or
advice, or you can write us at Chevrolet Motor Division,
Customer Assistance Center, P.O. Box 7047, Troy, MI
48007-7047
’ In Canada, write to General Motors of Canada Limited,
Customer Assistance Center, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive,
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7.
A
B
If you’re using a “dead-weight” hitch,the trailer tongue
(A) should weigh 10%of the total loaded trailer weight
(B). If you have a “weight-distributing”hitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh 12% of the total loaded trailer
weight (B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailerand
then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to get them right
simply by moving some items aroundin the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the
recommended pressure for cold tires. You’ll find these
numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge of the
driver’s door or see “Loading Your Vehicle’’ in the Index.
Then be sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your
vehicle, including the weight of the trailer tongue.
Hitches
It’s important to havethe correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow:
0
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch?If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get
into your
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide”in the Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
The bumpers on your vehicleare not intendedfor hitches.
Do not attach rental hitchesor other bumper-type hitches
to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not
attach to the bumper.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop tothe road
if it becomes separated fromthe hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Does your trailer have its own brakes? Be sure toread
and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so
you’ll be ableto install, adjust and maintain them
properly. Because you have anti-lock brakes, do not try
to tap into your vehicle’s brake system. If you do, both
brake systems won’t work well, or at all.
4-33
Driving with a Trailer
Passing
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.
Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Before you start, checkthe trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
are still working.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
4-34
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guideyou.
Making Turns
I NOTICE:
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailerto come in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than
normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders,
curbs. road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Parking onHills
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a
different turn signal flasher and extra wiring.The green
arrows on your instrumentpanel will flash whenever
you signal a turn or lane change. Properly hooked up,
the trailer lamps will also flash, telling other drivers
you‘re about to turn, change lanes or stop.
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start to move. People can be injured, and both
your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows onyour
instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signalwhen they are not. It’s
trailer
important to check occasionally to be sure the
bulbs are still working.
Driving On Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear lwfot-e you start
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes so much that
they would get hot and no longer work well.
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s
how to do it:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into
PARK (P) yet.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking
brake, and then shift to PARK (P).
5. Release the regular brakes.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
4-35
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatictransaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, belt, cooling system, and brake adjustment.
Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s
a good idea toreview these sectionsbefore you start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are
tight.
Towing A Trailer
Do not tow a trailer with a Cavalierif your vehicle is:
a convertible model.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
equipped with a 2.2L (Code 4) engine.
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule formore
equipped with a manual transaxle or a three
speed automatic transaxle.
Your Cavalier is neither designed nor intended to tow a
trailer.
4-36
0Section 5
Problems on the Road
Here you’ll find what to do about some problemsthat
can occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
Move the switch to the right
to make your front and rear
turn signal lights flash on
and off.
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what
position your key is i n , and even if the key isn’t in.
5-1
'
'
1
~
~
:
'
To turn off the flashers, move the switch to the left.
When thehazard warning flashers areon, your turn
signals won't work.
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind your
vehicle.
Jump Starting
I
1
i
If your battery has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper cables tostart your
Chevrolet. But please follow the steps below to do it
safely.
NOTICE:
Ignoring thesesteps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn't be covered by your
warranty.
Trying to start your Chevrolet by pushing or
pulling it could damage your vehicle, even
if you
have a manual transaxle. And if you have
an
automatic transaxle, it won't start that way.
5-2
To Jump Start Your Chevrolet
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
NOTICE:
If the other system isn’t a12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause ground
a
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your Chevrolet, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Turn off all
lights that aren’t needed, and radios. This will avoid
sparks and help save both batteries. And it could
save your radio!
NOTICE:
If you leave your radio on,
it could be badly
damaged. The repairs wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries.
You could be injuredif the vehicles roll. Set the
parking brake firmly on each vehicle. Put an
automatic transaxlein PARK (P) or a manual
transaxle in NEUTRAL (N).
5-3
5. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on
each battery.
6. Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose or
missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative (-)
or a metal engine part. Don’t connect (+) to (-) or
you’ll get a short that would damage the battery and
maybe other parts, too.
5-4
7. Remove the red plastic cap, and connect the red
positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of
the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
8. Don't let the other end touch metal. Connect I t to the
positive (+) terminal of the good battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
5-5
9. Now connect the black negative (-} cable to the
good battery’s negative (-) terminal. Don’t let the
other end touch anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative cable doesrz ’t go to the
dead battery. It goes to a heavy unpainted metal part
on the engine of the vehicle with the dead battery.
10. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away
from the dead battery, but not near engine parts that
move. The electrical connection is just as good
there, but the chance of sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
5-6
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine for a while.
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. If it
won’t start after a few tries, it probably needs
service.
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
Towing Your Vehicle
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it
was factory-new by adding aftermarket itemslike fog
lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and wheels, these
instructions and illustrations may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannot be towed with sling-type
equipment.
B
That your vehicle cannot be towed from the rear with
the front wheels on the ground.
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
C
Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing
service tow your Chevrolet. The usual towing
equipment is:
The make, model, and year of your vehicle.
0
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
0
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains detailed towing
instructions and illustrations. The operator may want to
see them.
(A) Sling-type tow truck
(B) Wheel-lift tow truck
(C) Car carrier
5-7
When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition key
off, The steering wheel should be clamped in a
straight-ahead position, with a clamping device
designed for towing service. Do not use the vehicle’s
steering column lock for this. The transaxle should be in
NEUTRAL (N) and the parking brake released.
5-8
Towing from the Front -- Vehicle Hookup
Before hooking up to a tow truck, be sure to read all the
information in “Towing Your Vehicle” earlier in this
section.
1. Attach T-hook chains into the slots in the bottom of
the floor pan, just behind the front wheels, on both
sides.
NOTICE:
Do not tow withsling-type equipment or fascia
damage will occur. Use wheel-lift or car carrier
equipment. Additional ramping may be required
for carcarrier equipment. Use safetychains and
wheel straps.
5-9
L
2. Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard
end of each lower control arm.
NOTICE:
When using wheel-liftequipment, towing over
rough surfaces can damage
a vehicle. To help
avoid this, installa towing dolly beneath the
wheels that would otherwise be on the ground
during thetow. This will increase clearance
between the wheel-lift equipment and the
underbody of the towed vehicle.
5-10
J
Towing from the Rear -- Vehicle Hookup
I
Before hooking up to a tow truck, be sure to read all the
information in “Towing Your Vehicle” earlier in this
section. Also be sure to use the proper hookup for your
particular vehicle.
1. Attach T-hook chains on both sides in the slotted
holes in the bottom of the frame rail, just ahead of
the rear wheels.
2. Place the front wheels on a towing dolly or place the
vehicle on a car carrier.
I NOTICE:
Do not tow your Cavalier from the rear with the
front wheels on the groundor your transaxle can
be damaged. Do not tow withsling-type
NOTICE: (Continued)
5-11
NOTICE: (Continued)
equipment or rear bumper valancewill be
damaged. Use wheel-lift equipment with a towing
dolly or car carrier equipment. Additional
ramping may be requiredfor car carrier
equipment. Use safety chains and
wheel straps.
I
I
3. Attach a separate safety chain to each side of the axle
inboard of the spring. (Do not use the chain as a tie
down.)
5-12
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your
Chevrolet’s instrumentpanel.
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
NOTICE:
If your enginecatches fire because you keep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no
steam, the problemmay not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can geta little too hot when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0
Stop after high speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam,
try this for a minute or so:
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@)
or DRIVE (D)for automatic transaxles.
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slower forabout ten minutes.
If the warning doesn’t come back on, you can drive
normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine
for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to see if
the warning stops. But then, if you still have the
warning. turn oflthe engine and get everyone out q f t h e
vehicle until it cools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
help right away.
1. If you have an air conditioner, turn it off.
5-13
Cooling System
2.2L Engine
2.3L Engine
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
A. Coolant surge tank with pressure cap.
B. Electric engine fan.
5-14
The coolant level should be at the FULL COLD mark. If
it isn't, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in the
cooling system.
If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling,
don't do anything else until it cools down.
I NOTICE:
I
I
Engine damage from running your engine
without coolant isn't coveredby your warranty.
If there seems t o be no leak, with the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine fm is running. If the engine is
overheating, the fan should be running. If it isn't, your
vehicle needs service.
5-15
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge
Tank
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn’t at the FULL COLD mark, add a 50/50 mixture of
c-lean water (preferably distilled) and a proper antifreeze
at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the cooling system,
including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool
before you do it. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for
more information about the proper coolant mix.)
5-16
NOTICE:
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core andother parts. So
use the recommendedcoolant.
I . You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap
when the cooling system, including the coolant surge
tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no
5-17
longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly about
one-quarter turn to the left and then stop.
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
2. Then keep turning
the pressure cap
slowly, and remove
it.
3. Then fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mix,
up to the FULL COLD mark.
5-18
5 . Then replace the
pressure cap. Be
sure the pressure
cap is tight.
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you can feel the upper
radiator hose getting hot. W'ltch out for the engine
fan.
By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant
surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper mix to the coolant surge tank
until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark.
5-19
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever have a“blowout,” here are afew
tips aboutwhat to expect andwhat to do:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
If a front tire fails, the flat tirewill create a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position,then gently brake to a
stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a
skid and may require the same correction you’d use in a
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop, well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat,the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipmentto change a flat tiresafely.
5-20
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and
change atire.
The equipment you'llneed is in the trunk.
1. Turn the center retainernut on the compact spare tire
housing counterclockwise to remove it,then lift the
tire cover. You will find the jacking instructions label
on the underside of the tire cover.
2. Remove the wing bolt securing the compact spare
tire, spacer and wheel wrench by turning it
counterclockwise. Thenlift off the spacer and
remove the spare tire.
3. Your vehicle has a foamtray for storing the jack and
the tools.
Remove the jack and the wheel wrench from the
foam tray.
5-21
4. Remove the band around the jack. Turn the jack
handle clockwiseto raise thejack head a few inches.
5. Using the wheel wrench, remove the plastic cap nuts.
If your vehicle has aluminum wheels, you may have
to remove a coverplate to access the wheel nuts. Use
the flat end of the wheel wrench to remove the cover
plate. Loosen all the wheel nuts. Don’t remove the
wheel nuts yet.
5-22
6. Near each wheel well is a notch in the frame which
the jack head fits in. The frontnotch is 9 inches
(23 cm) back from the front wheel well. The rear
notch is 8 inches (20 cm) forward from the rear
wheel well. If your vehicle has flared side moldings,
both front and rear notches are 18 inches (46 cm)
from the wheel wells.
Position the jack under the vehicle. Raise the jack
head until it fits firmly into the notch in the vehicle’s
frame nearest the flat tire. Put the compact spare tire
near you.
NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle withthe jack improperly
positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow
the vehicle to fall off the jack. Be sure to fit the
jack lift head into the properlocation before
raising your vehicle.
NOTICE:
7. Raise the vehicle by rotating the jack handle
clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough room for the spare tire
to fit.
I
Do not jack or lift the vehicle usingthe oil pan.
Pans could crack and begin to leak fluid.
5-23
8. Remove all of the wheel nuts and, if you have a wheel
cover, use your fingers to carefully pry the wheel
cover from the wheel. Then take offthe flat tire.
9. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and spare wheel. Place the spare
on the wheel mounting surface.
10. Replace the wheel
nuts with the
rounded end of the
nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten
each nut by hand
until the wheel is
held against the
hub.
5-24
c
12. Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a criss-cross
sequence, as shown.
11. Lower the vehicle by rotating the jackhandle
counterclockwise. Lower thejack completely.
5-25
~
~
!
Don’t try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare
tire, It won’t fit. Store the wheel cover and plastic cap
nuts in the trunk or rear areauntil you have the flat tire
repaired or replaced.
NOTICE:
Wheel covers won’tfit on your compact spare.If
you try to put a wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover or the spare.
13. Store the flat tire in the compact spare tire
compartment, and secure with the wing bolt and
extension (if required). Store thejack and wheel
wrench in their compartment, also.
The compact spareis for temporary use only.
Replace the compact sparetire with a full-size tire
as soon as you can. See “Compact SpareTire” next
in this section.
5-26
I NOTICE:
Don’t take your compact spare through an
automatic car wash with guide rails. The
compact spare canget caught on the rails. That
can damage the tire andwheel, and maybe other
parts of your vehicle.
Compact Spare Tire
Although the compact spare was fullyinflated when
your vehicle was new, it can lose air aftera time. Check
the inflation pressureregularly. It should be60 psi
(420 P a ) . After installing the compact spare onyour
vehicle, you should stop as soon as possible and make
sure your sparetire is correctly inflated. The compact
spare is made to perform well at posted speed limits for
distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can
finish your trip and have
your full-size tire repaired or
replaced where you want. Of course, it’s best to replace
your spare with a full-size tire as soon as you can. Your
spare will last longer and bein good shapein case you
need it again.
Don’t use your compact spareon some othervehicle.
And don’t mix your compact spareor wheel with other
wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spareand its
wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare. Using
them will damage your vehicle and destroy the
chains too. Don’t use tire chains on your compact
spare.
5-27
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is
to spin yourwheels too fast. The method known as
“rocking” can help you get outwhen you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
I NOTICE:
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels
too fast while shifting your transaxle back and
forth, you can destroy your transaxle.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
Rocking your vehicle to get it out:
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Thenshift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear
(or with a manual transaxle, between FIRST (1) or
SECOND (2) gear and REVERSE), spinning the wheels
as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal while
you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transaxle is in gear. If that doesn’t get you out
after a fewtries, you may need to be towed out. If you
do need to be towed out, see “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.
5-28
0Section 6
Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the care of your
Chevrolet. This sectionbegins with service and fuel
information, and then it shows how to check important
fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical
information about your vehicle, and a part devoted to its
appearance care.
---
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
Service
Your Chevrolet dealer knows your vehicle best and
wants you to be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to
your dealer for all your service needs. You’ll get
genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported
service people.
Doing Your Own Service Work
If you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll
want to get the proper Chevrolet Service Manual.It tells
you much more about how to service yourChevrolet
6-1
than this manual can. To order the proper service
manual, see “Service Publications” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index.
1 NOTICE:
If you try todo your own service work without
knowing enough aboutit, your vehicle could be
damaged.
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or
higher. It should meet specifications ASTM D4814 in
the United States and CGSB 3.5-92 in Canada. These
fuels should have the proper additives, so you should not
have to add anything to the fuel.
In the United States and Canada, it’s easy to be sure you
get the right kind of gasoline (unleaded). You’ll see
UNLEADED right on the pump. And only unleaded
nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck.
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octaneor higher and
you still hear heavy knocking, your engine needs
service. But don’t worry if you hear a little pinging
noise when you’re accelerating or driving up a hill.
6-2
That’s normal, and you don’t have to buy a higher
octane fuel to get rid of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant
knock that means you have a problem.
What about gasolinewith blending materials that
contain oxygen (oxygenates), such as MTBE
or alcohol?
MTBE is “methyl tertiary-butyl ether.” Fuel that is no
more than 15% MTBE is fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol. Properly-blended fuel
that is no more than 10% ethanol is fine for your
vehicle.
Methanol is methyl or wood alcohol.
NOTICE:
Fuel that is more than 5% methanol is badfor
your vehicle. Don’t use it. can
It corrode metal
parts in your fuel system and
also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t be
covered under your warranty. And evenat 5% or
less, there must be “cosolvents” and corrosion
preventers in this fuel to help avoid these
problems.
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your use of gasoline with deposit control additives will
help prevent deposits from formingin your engine and
fuel system. That helps keep your enginein tune and
your emission control system working properly. It’s
good for your vehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for
cleaner air.
Many gasolines are now blended with oxygenates.
General Motors recommendsthat you use gasolines with
these blending materials, such as MTBE and ethanol. By
doing so, you can help cleanthe air, especially in those
parts of the country that have high carbon monoxide
levels.
In addition, some gasoline suppliers arenow producing
reformulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially
designed to reduce vehicle emissions. General Motors
recommends that you use reformulated gasoline. By
doing so, you can help clean the air, especially in those
parts of the country that have high ozone levels.
You should ask your service station operators if their
gasolines contain deposit control additives and
oxygenates, and if they have been reformulated to
reduce vehicle emissions.
6-3
P
Fuels in Foreign Countries
Filling Your Tank
If you plan on drivingin another country outside the
U.S. or Canada,unleaded fuel may be hard to find. Do
not use leaded gasoline. If you use even onetankful,
your emission controls won’t work well or at all. With
continuous use, spark plugs can get fouled, the exhaust
system can corrode, and your engineoil can deteriorate
quickly. Your vehicle’s oxygen sensor will be damaged.
All of that means costly repairs that wouldn’t be covered
by your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Justtell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General MotorsOverseas Distribution Corporation,
North American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
6-4
~
P
The cap is behind a hinged door on the right side of your
vehicle.
While refueling, hang the cap inside the fuel door.
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left
(counterclockwise).
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Chevrolet” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right until
you hear at least three clicks.
6-5
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right
for you. If you get
type. Your dealer can get one
the wrong type, it may notfit or have proper
-
To open the hood, first pull
I the
handle inside the
I vehicle.
6-6
I
Then go to the front of the vehicle and lift the secondary
hood release handle.
Lift the hood, release the
hood prop from its retainer
and put the hood prop into
the slot in the hood.
Use the prop rod sleeve
when handling the prop rod.
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on
properly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the
hood prop. Remove thehood prop from the slot in the
hood and return the prop to itsretainer. Then just let the
hood down and close it firmly.
When you open the hood, you’ll see:
2.2L Engine (Code 4)
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir
1. Coolant Surge Tank
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
3. Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick (if equipped)
5. Battery
6 . Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir
7. Air Cleaner
8. Engine Oil Fill Capmipstick
2.3L Engine (Code D)
When you open the hood, you’ll see:
1. Coolant SurgeTank
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
3. Engine Oil Dipstick
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir
5 . Hydraulic ClutchFluid Reservoir (if equipped)
6. Battery
7. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir
8. Air Cleaner
9. Engine Oil Fill Cap
6-9
Engine Oil
If the CHECK OIL light on the instrument panel comes
on, it means you need to check your engine oil level
right away. For more information, see “Check Oil
Light” in the Index. You should check your engine oil
level regularly; this is an added reminder.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you
get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
Check the oil here if
have a 2.2L engine.
U’IV
If you have a 2.3L engine,
the dipstick’s handle will be
a yellow ring.
Turn off the engine and give
the oil a few minutes to
drain back into the oil pan.
If you don’t, the oil dipstick
might not show the actual
level.
To Check Engine Oil
When to Add Oil
Pull out the dipstick and cleanit with a paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
If the oil is at or below the ADD mark, then you’ll need
to add some oil, But you must use the right kind. This
part explains what kind of oil to use. For crankcase
capacity, see “Capacities and Specifications” in the Index.
NOTICE:
Don’t add too much
oil. If your engine has so
much oil that the oil level getsabove the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine couldbe damaged.
. .
This is where you add oil if
you have a 2.2L engine.
6-11
This is where you add oil if
you have a 2.3L engine.
What Kind of Oil to Use
Oils of the proper quality for your vehicle can
be
identified by looking for the “Starburst” symbol. The
“Starburst” symbol indicates that the oil has been
certified by the American Petroleum Institute (API), and
is preferred for use in your gasoline engine.
Just fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the
proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
If you change your own oil,be sure you use oil that has
the “Starburst” symbol on the frontof the oil container.
If you have your oil changed foryou, be sure the oil put
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:
6-12
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
HOT
WEATHER
-
LOOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
As shown in the chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your
vehicle. However, you can use SAE low-30 if it’s going
to be 0°F (- 18 “C) orabove. These numberson an oil
container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
%tarburst” symbol. Failure touse the proper oil
can result in engine damage not covered by your
warranty.
GM [email protected] oil(in Canada, GM Engine Oil)
meets all the requirements for your vehicle.
J
COLD
WEATHER
00 NOTUSESAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-13
Engine Oil Additives
Engine Coolant Heater
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your Chevrolet dealer is
ready to advise if you think something should be added.
An engine coolantheater can be a big help if you have
to park outside in very cold weather, 0°F (- 18“ C )or
colder. If your vehicle has this option, see “Engine
Coolant Heater” in the Index.
When to Change Engine Oil
See if any one of these is true for you:
0
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
0
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop and go traffic).
0
Most trips are through dusty areas.
0
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle.
If any one of these is true for your vehicle, then you
need to change your oil and filter every 3,000 miles
(5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever comes first.
If none of them is true, change the oil and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever
comes first.
6-14
What to Do with Used Oil
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer?Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever disposeof oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling
center forhelp.
Air Cleaner
To check or replace the filter, removethe screws that
hold the cover on and lift the cover. Be sure toreinstall
the air cleaner filter and replace the cover tightly.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
6-15
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(Except 2.3L Code D Engine)
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatictransaxle fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule to determine when to change
your fluid. See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Index.
How to Check
I NOTICE:
If the air cleaner isoff, a backfire can cause a
damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get
into your engine, whichwill damage it. Always
have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving.
6-16
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Chevrolet dealer
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a falsereading on the
dipstick.
81-9
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(2.3L Code D Engine Only)
If you have the optional 2.3L Code D engine (see
“Engine Identification” in the Index) and an automatic
transaxle, it isnot necessary to check the transaxle fluid
level. A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid
loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your Chevrolet
dealer Service Departmentand have it repaired as soon
as possible. You may also have your fluid level checked
by your dealer or service center when you have your oil
changed.
Manual Transaxle Fluid
When to Check
A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is
changed. However, the fluid in your manual transaxle
doesn’t require changing.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Chevrolet dealer
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to followall the
instructions here,or you could get a false reading on the
dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much ortoo little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much canmean that some of the
fluid could comeout and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, startinga fire. Be sure to
get an accurate readingif you check your
transaxle fluid.
Check the fluid level only when your engine is off, the
vehicle is parked on a level place and the transaxle is
cool enough for you to rest your fingerson the transaxle
case.
6-19
How to Add Fluid
Then, follow these steps:
,
~
1. The manualtransaxle
dipstick is located
below the brake
master cylinder, near
the rear of the
transaxle case. Flip the
handle up and then
pull out the dipstick
and clean it witha rag
or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way and remove it.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be between the ADD and
FULL marks. (Note: Fluid may appear at the bottom
of the dipstick evenwhen the fluid level is several
pints low.)
4. If the fluid level is where it should be, push the
dipstick back in all the way and flipthe handle
down. If the fluid level is low, add more fluid as
described in the next steps.
6-20
Here’s how to add fluid. Refer to the Maintenance
Schedule to determine what kind of fluid touse. See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
1. Remove the dipstick by flipping the handle up and
then pulling the dipstick out.
2. Add fluid at the dipstick hole.
Add only enough fluid to bring the fluid level up to
the FULL mark on the dipstick.
3. Push the dipstick back in all the way; then flip the
handle down to lock the dipstick in place.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is
self-adjusting. The clutch master cylinder reservoir is
filled with hydraulic clutch fluid.
It isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your clutch fluid. Adding
fluid won’t correct a leak.
A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem.
Have the system inspected and repaired.
When to Checkand What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance
Schedule to determine
how often you should
check the fluidlevel in
your clutch master
cylinder reservoir and
for the proper fluid. See
“Owner Checks and
Services” and
“Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants” in the
Index.
Engine Coolant
The following explains your cooling system and how to
add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem with
engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating”in the
Index.
The proper coolant for your Chevrolet will:
0
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to 262°F (128°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
0
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
0
Let the warning lights work as they should.
How to Check
You do not need to check the fluid levelunless you
suspect a clutch problem. To check the fluid level, take
the cap off. If the fluid reachesthe step inside the
reservoir, the fluid level is correct.
6-21
What to Use
Use a mixture of one-half clcn11 w:akr (preferably
distilled) and one-half antifreeze that meets “GM
Specification 1825-M,” which won’t damage aluminum
parts. You can also use a recycled coolant conforming to
GM Specification 1825-M with a complete coolant tllrsh
and refill. Use GM Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer)
with any complete coolant flush and refill. If ~ O Luse
I
this mixture, you don’t need t o add anything else.
I, NOTICE:
If you use an improper coolant mix, your engine
could overheat and be badly damaged. The
repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Too much water in themix can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.
Adding Coolant
6-22
To Add Coolant
To Check Coolant
If you need more coolant,add the proper mix at the
surge tank, but only when the engine is cool.
When your engineis cold, the coolant level should be at
the FULLCOLD mark.
See “Low Coolant Light”in
the Index.
When replacingthe pressure cap, make sure itis tight.
Surge Tank Pressure Cap
NOTICE:
Your surge tankcap is a 18 psi (124 kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed
to
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating.
If this light comes on,it means you’re low on engine
coolant.
When you replace your surge tank pressure cap, a GM
cap is recommended.
Thermostat
and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again
and look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
Engine coolanttemperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. Thethermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
The level should be at the H mark if the engine iswarm,
or atthe C mark if the engine is cold. Add enough fluid
to bring the level up to the mark.
When you replace your thermostat, an AC’ thermostat
is recommended.
A fluid loss in this system could indicatea problem.
Have the system inspected and repaired.
Power SteeringFluid
What to Add
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of fluid to use. See “RecommendedFluids and
Lubr’ nts” in the Index.
I NOTICE:
~~
When adding power steering fluid
or making a
complete fluid change,always use the proper
fluid. Failureto use the proper fluidcan cause
leaks and damage hoses and seals.
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, unscrew the cap
and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap
6-24
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
I NOTICE:
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
a Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system.Also,
water doesn’t clean aswell as washer fluid.
0 Fill your washer fluid tank only
3/4 full
when it’s very cold. This allows for
expansion, which could damage the tankif
it is completelyfull.
0 Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
0
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer’s instructions before use. If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
To Add
Open the cap labeled
WASHER FLUID ONLY.
Add washer fluid until the
tank is full.
6-25
Brakes
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brake master cylinder is here. It is filled with
DOT-3 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level i n
your master cylinder might go down. The first is that the
brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during
normal brake lining wear. When new linings are put in,
the fluid level goes back up. The other reason is that
6-26
fluid is leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you
should have your brake system fixed, since a leak means
that sooner or later your brakes won’t work well, or
won’t work at all. So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off’
your brake fluid. Adding brake fluid won’t correct a
leak. If you add fluid when your linings are worn, then
you’ll have too much fluid when you get new brake
linings. You should add (or remove) brake fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
When your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on. See “Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index,
What to Add
Brake Wear
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3
brake fluid -- such as Delco Supreme 11 (GM Part
No. 1052535). Usenew brake fluid from a sealed
container only, and always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap before removingit.
Your Chevrolet has front disc brakes and rear drum
brakes.
@
NOTICE:
0
0
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are
worn and new pads are needed. The sound may come and
go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except
when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
Don’t let someoneput in the wrong kind of
fluid. For example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in
your brake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced.
Brake fluid can damage paint, so be careful
not to spillbrake fluid on your vehicle. If
you do, washit off immediately. See
“Appearance Care” in the Index.
NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
6-27
Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This doesnot mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators, but if
you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear
brake linings inspected. Also, the rear brake drums
should be removed and inspected each time the tires are
removed for rotation or changing. When you have the
front brakes replaced, have the rear brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a moderate brake stop, your disc
brakes adjust for wear. If you rarely make a moderate or
heavier stop, then your brakes might not adjust correctly.
If you drive in that way, then -- very carefully -- make
a few moderate brake stops about every 1,000miles
(1 600 km), so your brakes will adjust properly.
6-28
If your brake pedal goes down fartherthan normal, your
rear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by
backing up and firmly applyingthe brakes a few times.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. Its
many parts have to be of top quality and work well
together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have top-quality GM brake
parts in them, as your Chevrolet does when it is new.
When you replace parts of your braking system -- for
example, when your brake linings wear down and you
have to have new ones put in -- be sure you get new
genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, your
brakes may no longer work properly. For example, if
someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes
can change -- for the worse. The braking performance
you’ve come to expect can change in many other ways if
someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
Battery
Halogen Bulbs
Every new Chevrolet has a Delco [email protected]
You never have to add water to one of these. When it’s
time for a new battery, we recommend a Delco
[email protected] Get one that has the replacement
number shown on the original battery’s label.
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for
25 days or
more, take off the black, negative (-) cable fromthe
battery. This will help keep yourbattery from running
down.
Headlamp Bulb Replacement
For the type of bulb, see the Index under “Replacement
Bulbs.”
Contact your dealer to learnhow to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
6-29
1. Remove the first bolt and carefully pry up the shield
that covers the headlamp assembly. Be careful not to
break the fasteners that hold the shield in place.
6-30
2 . Remove the other bolt that anchors the headlamp
assembly. Pull the headlamp assembly toward the
front of the vehicle to access the bulb assembly.
4. Disconnect the bulb base from the socket by lifting
the plastic locking tab.
5. Snap a new bulb into the socket.
6. Replace the bulb assembly by reversing steps 1-3.
For the type of bulb, see “Replacement Bulbs” in the
Index..
1. Pull the carpet away from the rear of the trunk.
2 . Remove the taillamp bulb assembly by turning it 1/4
turn counterclockwise.
6-31
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
3. To remove the bulb, pull it out.
4. Push in new bulb.
5. Reverse all steps to replace the taillamp assembly.
b
Replacement blades come in different types and are
removed in different ways. Here’s how to remove the
type with a release clip:
1. Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the
windshield.
2. Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly
toward the driver’s side of the vehicle.
3. Install a new blade by reversing steps 1 and 2.
6-32
Tires
We don’t make tires.Your new vehicle comes with
high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer.
These tires are warrantedby the tire manufacturers,and
their warranties are delivered with every new Chevrolet.
If your spare tire is a different brand
than your road
tires, you will have a tire warranty folderfrom each of
these manufacturers.
6-33
Inflation - Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label which is on the rear
edge of the driver’s door showsthe correct inflation
pressures for your tires, when they’re cold. “Cold”
means your vehicle has been sitting forat least three
hours or driven no more than a mile.
NOTICE:
Don’t letanyone tell you that underinflation or
overinflation is allright. It’s not. Ifyour tires
don’t have enoughair (underinflation) you can
get:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tire overloading
Badwear
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
NOTICE: (Continued)
6-34
NOTICE: (Continued)
If your tires have toomuch air (overinflation),
you can get:
Unusualwear
Bad handling
0 Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or more.
Don’t forget your compact sparetire. It should be at
60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. Simply looking at the tires will not tell you the
pressure, especially if you have radial tires -- which
may look properly inflated even if they’re underinflated.
If your tires have valve caps, be sure to put them back
on. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and
moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be inspected every
6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km) for any signs of unusual wear. If
unusual wear is present, rotate your tires as soon as
possible and check wheel alignment. Also check for
damaged tires orwheels. See “WhenIt’s Time for New
Tires” and “Wheel Replacement” later
in this section for
more information.
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
rotation is themost important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services”in the Index for scheduled
rotation intervals.
When rotating your tires, alwaysuse the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
Don’t include the compact spare
tire in your tire
rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjustthe front and
rear inflation pressuresas shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label.Make certain that all wheel nutsare
properly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” in the
Index.
FRONT
6-35
When It’s Time for New Tires
You need a new tire if:
You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
1 One way to tell when it’s
1
time for new tires is to
’ check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire’s
rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
0
6-36
The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that
can’t be repaired well because of the size or location
of the damage.
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on eachtire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. Thatway,
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service
on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC numberwill be followed by an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
TPC Spec number,make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
6-37
-
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Traction A, B, C
The followinginformation relates to the system
developed by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperatureperformance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.)
The traction grades, from highest to lowest are: A, B,
and C. They represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified governmenttest course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to variations
in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
6-38
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based
on braking (straight-ahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction.
-
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire hilure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades
B and A represent higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Wdrning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for atire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, eitherseparately or i n combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
While the tires available as standard or optional
equipment on General Motors vehicles may vary with
respect to these grades, all such tires meet General
Motors performance standardsand have been approved
for use on General Motors vehicles. All passenger type
(P Metric) tires must conform to Federal safety
requirements in addition to these grades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the hctory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
I n most cases, you will not need to have your wheels
aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear
or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your
vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger
car tires.
6-39
Wheel Replacement
i
'
I
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it (except somealuminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
Chevrolet dealer if any of these conditionsexist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
~
~
'
i
~
Each new wheel should have the same load carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts,
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure tohave the
right wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for your
Chevrolet model.
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel canalso cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling,
speedometer/odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance,
and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
Tire Chains
I NOTICE:
If your Chevrolet has P195/65R15 or P205/55R16
size tires, don’t usetire chains; they can damage
your vehicle.
If you have other tires, use tire chains only where
legal and only when you must.Use only SAE
Class “S” type chains that arethe proper size for
your tires. Install them on the front tires and
tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends
securely fastened. Drive slowlyand follow the
chain manufacturer’s instructions. If you can
hear the chains contacting your vehicle, stop and
retighten them. If the contact continues, slow
down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning
the wheels withchains on will damage your
vehicle.
6-41
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a containerto clean your
Chevrolet, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s
warnings and instructions. And always open your doors
or windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to cleanyour vehicle:
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
0
Carbon Tetrachloride
Acetone
Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
Bleach
Reducing Agents
Cleaning the Insideof Your Chevrolet
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
Your Chevrolet dealer has two GM cleaners, a
solvent-type spot lifter and a foam-type powdered
cleaner. They will clean normal spots and stains very
well. Do not use them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips:
0
0
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
0
Lacquer Thinner
0
Nail Polish Remover
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
6-42
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area
often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn.
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don‘t saturate the stained area.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning,clean the entire
area immediately or it will set.
Using Foam-Type Cleaneron Fabric
0
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
0
Always clean a wholetrim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
0
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner followingthe
directions on the container label.
0
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
0
Don’t saturate the material.
0
Don’t rub it roughly.
0
As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to remove the suds.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.
Some spots and stains will clean off better with just
water and mild soap.
If you need to use a solvent:
0
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean, dull knife or scraper. Use very little cleaner,
light pressure and clean cloths (preferably
cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of
the stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep
changing to a clean section of the cloth.
0
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately dry
the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a cleaning
ring. (See the previous NOTICE.)
0
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
0
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel
or cloth.
Fabric Protection
0
Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer or a heat
lamp.
Your Chevrolet has upholstery that has been treated with
Scotchgard Fabric Protector, a 3M product.
Scotchgard” protects fabrics by repelling oil and water,
which are the carriers of most stains. Even with this
protection, you still need to clean your upholstery often
to keep it looking new.
NOTICE:
Be careful. A blow dryer may scorch the fabric.
~~~~
0
~~
~~
TM
Further information on cleaning is available by calling
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6 167).
Wipe with a clean cloth.
6-43
Special Cleaning Problems
I f an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, treat
the area with a waterhaking soda solution:
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
Greasy or Oily Stains
Stains caused by grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt can
be removed as follows:
Carefully scrape off excess stain.
Follow the solvent-type instructions described
earlier.
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if
left on a vehicle seat fabric. They should be removed
as soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner
will dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
Non-Greasy Stains
Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit,fruit
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
described earlier.
6-44
0
If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with
cool water and allow to dry.
I f a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
0
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if
you don’t get them off quickly. Use a clean clothand
a GAMVinyVLeather Cleaner orequivalent product.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing siliconesor
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts cleanand dry.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners onglass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the insiderear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If
abrasive cleaners areused on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger elementmay be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outside of the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami [email protected](GM Part No.
1050011). The windshield is clean if beads do not form
when you rinse it with water.
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often.GM Glass Cleaner (GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth
soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent. Then
rinse the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a regular basis and
replaced when worn.
6-45
Weatherstrips
Silicone greaseon weatherstrips will rnake them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recomnlended
Fluids and Lubricants“ in the Index.)
Cleaning the Outsideof Your
Chevrolet
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep
it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold
water.
Don‘t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.
Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use
liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed t o dry on
the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
6-46
soft, clean chamois or a 100%cottorl towel to avoid
surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure vehicle washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your Chevrolet
by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the
paint finish. You can get GM approved cleaning
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and
Materials?’in the Index.)
Your Chevrolet has a “basecoatklearcoat”paint finish.
The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored
basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint
finish.
NOTICE:
Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finishmay dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil a n d tar, tree sap. bird
droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc. can
damage yourvehicle's finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle a s soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfices to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your Chevrolet garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Cleaning Your Convertible Top
Your convertible top shouldbe cleaned often. If you use
an automatic car wash, use one with water jets and
hanging cloths.
When you hand wash the top, do it in partial shade. Use
a mild soap, lukewarm water and a soft sponge. A
chamois or cloth may leave lint on the top, and a brush
can chate the tllreads in the top fabric. Don't use
detergents, harsh cleaners, solvents or bleaching agents.
When you clean the top, put one hand under it to
support it. Wet the entire vehicle and wilsh the top
evenly to avoid spots or rings. Let the soap remain o n
the fabric for a few minutes. When the top is really dirty,
use a mild foam-type cleaner. Thoroughly rinse the
entire vehicle, then let the top dry in direct sunlight.
To protect the convertible top:
0
After you wash the vehicle, make sure the top is
completely dry before you lower it.
0
Don't get any cleaner on the vehicle's painted finish:
it could leave streaks.
0
It' y o u decide to go through an automatic car wash,
ask the manager if the equipment could damageyour
top. Before entering a car wash, set the climate
control t o VENT and the fan control t o the highest
speed. This will help to prevent water under high
pressure from entering around the convertible top.
6-47
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Tires
Your aluminum wheels have a protective coating similar
to the painted surfice of your vehicle. Don’t use strong
soaps, chemicals, chrome polish, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage this coating. After rinsing thoroughly, a wax
may be applied.
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
NOTICE:
If you have aluminum wheels, don’t use an
automatic vehicle wash that has hard silicon
carbide cleaning brushes. These brushes can take
the protective coatingoff your aluminum wheels.
When applying a tire dressing always take care to wipe
off any overspray or splash from painted surfaces.
Petroleum-based products may damage the paint finish.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Finish Damage
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
6-48
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust
control can collecton the underbody. If these are not
removed, accelerated corrosion(rust) can occur onthe
underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,and
exhaust system eventhough they have corrosion
protection.
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a
chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
the paint surface.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect.Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody vehicle washin,0 s'y stem
can do this for you.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this,
Chevrolet will repair, at no charge to the owner, the
surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this Fallout
condition within 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
of purchase, whichever comes first.
6-49
Appearance Care Materials Chart
6-50
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll find this label on your spare tire cover. It’s very
helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this label is:
SAMPLE4UXSMO72675
ENGINE
PLANT
YEAR
MODEL
CODE
/
?
1995
\
ASSEMBLY
This is the legal identifier for your Chevrolet. It appears
on a plate in the front cornerof the instrument panel, on
the driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside yourvehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in your VIN is the engine code.
This codewill help you identify your engine,
specifications, and replacement parts.
0
your VIN,
0
the model designation,
0
paint information, and
0
a list of all production options and special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
N.OTICE:
Don’t add anything electricalto your Chevrolet
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and
the damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty
Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
components from workingas they should.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your Chevrolet, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index.
6-51
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
There is also a fuse block at the driver’s side in the
engine compartment. Lift off the cover to check the
fuses.
To identify and check fuses, refer to the Fuse Usage
chart.
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers,
and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself. This
greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
The fuse panel is located under the left end of the
instrument panel. To open, push the tab on the access
door to the left and pull the door forward.
6-52
Look at the silver-coloredband inside the fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.
Fuse Usage
S
ALARM
PCM/IGN
IGN
Inside Vehicle Fuse Block
Fuse
AIR BG 1
AIR BG 2
ALARM
CIG
CLSPCM
CLUSTER
CRUISE
DRL
Circuitry
Automatic Transaxle, Brake-Transaxle Shift
ERLS
Interlock, A/C Compressor, Cruise Control,
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (2.2L Engine),
Cannister Purge Valve, A/C High Pressure
Switch (2.3L Engine)
Park
Lamps, Side Marker Lamps, Instrument
EXT LAMP
Panel Lamps
Fuel Pump, Fuel Injectors
F/P-INJ
Flash To Pass Lamps
FLSH-PAS
HEADLAMP
Headlamps
Heater/A/C Control, Rear Window Defogger,
HVAC
Anti-lock Brake System, Engine Cooling Fan
(2.2L Engine), Engine Vent Heater
(2.3L Engine)
Engine Ignition
IGN
Instrument
PaneiLamps
INST LPS
Alarm Module: 11,luminated Entry, Warning
INT LAMP
Chimes, Overhead Lamps, MapReading Lamps,
Glove Box Lamp, Thnk Lamp, Radio, Power
Mirrors
0 2 HTR
Rear 0 2 HTR Sensor keater (2.3L Engine, Cal.
Auto)
Powertrain Control Module
PCM/IGN
Power Door Locks
PWR ACC
PWR WINDOW Power Windows, Power Sunroof
Radio
RADIO
RR DFOG
Rear Window Defogger
Stop Lamps, Hazard Lamps
STOP-HAZ
Turn Signal Lamps, Backup Lamps
TURN-B/U
Windshield Wipers, Windshield Washers
WIPER
Fuse
Circuitry
Air Bag-DERM (Diagnostic Energy Reserve
Module) Power
Air Bag-DERM Crank Signal
Alarm Module: Illuminated Entry, Warning
Chimes
Cigar Lighter, Horn, Diagnostic Connector
Instrument Cluster, Powertrain Control Module
Instrument Cluster, Anti-Lock Brake System
Cruise Control
Daytime Running Lamps
6-53
I
1
Headlamp Wiring
The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker.
An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and
off, or in some cases to remain off. If this happens, have
your headlamp system checked right away.
Windshield Wipers
Under Hood Fuse Block
Fuse
Circuitry
AIC
A/C Compressor (2.3L Engine)
ABS
Anti-Lock Brake System
ABS
Electronic Variable Orifice Steering,
Anti-Lock Brake System
BATT 1
Power ACC/Stop Lamp Circuits
BATT 2
Lighting Circuits
BLO
Heater/ A/C Blower
COOLING FAN
Engine Cooling Fan
GEN
Generator-Voltage Sense
IGN
Ignition Switch Circuits
PCM
Powertrain Control Module
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit
breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools. If
the overload is caused by some electrical problem, have
it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protect the power
windows and other power accessories. When the current
load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed.
Capacities and Specifications
Enginecrankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.0 quarts
3.80 L
When chcwging$lte& more oil! r n u y be needed.
Automatic Transaxle
Pan Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.0 quarts
3.80 L
After Complete Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9 quarts
6.60 L
When draining or replacing torque convertec 1nore.fluid may be needed.
Manual Transaxle
Complete Drain and Refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.0 quarts
I .90 L
Cooling System
2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3 quarts
9.8 L
2.3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.7 quarts
10.1 L
Refrigerant (R-l34a), Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
See refrigerant charge label under hood.
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. I f the air conditioning systemin your vehicle needs refrigerant, he sure the
proper refrigerant is used. IJ’you’re not sure, ask your Chevrolet dealer: For additionul information, see your “Warruntyand
Owner Assistunce Infixmution, booklet.
FuelTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2 gallons
57.5 L
Power Steering
PumpOnly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .OO pint
0.47 L
Complete System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.14 pints
0.54 L
See Tire-Loading Information label
Tire Pressures, Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
on driver’s door.
WheelNutTorque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100 Ib-ft
140 N.m
”
NOTE: All capacities are approximate. When adding,be sure to fill to the appropriate level, as reconmended in this
manual.
6-55
Replacement Bulbs
OUTSIDE LAMPS
BULB
LAMPS BULB
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1156
Front Parking/Turn Signal Lamps
BaseModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3357
2-24Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3357NA
Center High Mount Stoplamp
Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1141
Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
577
Halogen Headlamps
9005/6
High/Low Beam ........................
Front Side Marker Lamps ......................
194
Rear Side Marker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Stop/TaiI/Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057
StopITurn Signal Lamps (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057
906
TrunkLamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FogLamps(2-24) ..........................
881x
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
6-56
INSIDE
Dome/Reading Lamp (Option)
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Heater and A/C Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
High-Beam Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Engine Specifications
VINEngineCode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compression Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2L
4
L4
2.2 Liters
9.0: 1
1-3-4-2
195°F (91 " C )
2.3L
D
L4
2.3 Liters
9.5: 1
I - 3 -4-2
180°F (82°C)
Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
Air Cleaner Element
2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Filter
2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCV Valve
2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spark Plugs
2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Type A-1 172C
AC Type A- 1172C
ACType PF-47
AC Type PF- 1225
AC TypeCV-900C
NotUsed
GM Part Number 24574912
Gap: 1.52 mm (0.060 inch)
2.3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACType 41-910
Gap: 1.52 mm (0.060 inch)
6-57
NOTES
a Section 7
I
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction
IMPORTANT:
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LE!VEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED
This section coversthe maintenance required for your
Chevrolet. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its
safety, dependability and emission control performance.
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Proper vehicle maintenancenot only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance
or the
removal of important components can significantly
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or even the wrong tire inflation can increase the
level of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our
environment, and to help keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
7-1
How This Section is Organized
The remainderof this section is divided into fiveparts:
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services’’shows
what to have done and how often. Some of these
services canbe complex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified
service center do these
jobs.
“Part B: Owner Checks and Services”tells you what
should be checked whenever you stop for fuel. It also
explains what you can easily do to help keep your
vehicle i n good condition.
“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections’’explains
important inspections that your Chevrolet dealer’s
service department or anotherqualified service center
should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists
some products GM recommends to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record” provides a place for
you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
determine when your next maintenance should be done.
In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service Publications”
in the Index.
7-2
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know
exactly how you’ll drive it. You may drive very short
distances only a few times a week. Or you may drive
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or you
may drive it to work, to do errands or in many other
ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need
more frequent checks and replacements than you’ll find
in the schedules in this section. So please read this
section and note how you drive. If you have any
questions on how to keep your vehicle in good
condition, see your Chevrolet dealer.
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part
D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these.
All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs
done before you or anyone else drivesthe vehicle.
These schedules are forvehicles that:
0
carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
driving limits.
use the recommended unleaded fuel. See “Fuel” in
the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which
schedule to follow:
This part tells you the maintenance services you should
have done and when you should schedule them.If you
go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll know
that GM-trained and supported service peoplewill
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-3
Maintenance Schedule
Schedule I Definition
Follow Maintenance Schedule Iif any one of these is
true for yourvehicle:
0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
Most trips are through dusty areas.
0 You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle. (With some models, you should never
tow a trailer. See “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.)
Schedule I should also be followed if the vehicle is used
for delivery service, police, taxi, or other commercial
application.
Schedule I Intervals
Every 3,000 Miles (5 000’km)or 3 Months,
Whichever Occurs First
Engine Oil and Filter Change
7-4
Schedule I Intervals
Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km) or 6 months,
Whichever Occurs First
Chassis Lubrication
At 6,000 Miles (10 000 km) Then Every
12,000 Miles (25 000 km)
Tire Rotation
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
Air Cleaner Filter Inspection,
if driving in dusty conditions
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
Spark Plug Wire Inspection (except 2.3L Code
D engine)
Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Inspection
(2.2L Code 4 engine only)
Engine Accessory Drive Belt Inspection (or every
24 months, whichever occurs first)
Cooling System Service (orevery 24 months,
whichever occurs first)
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000km)
Automatic Transaxle Service (severe conditions only)
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
Spark Plug Replacement
-
Maintenance Schedule
Follow Schedule I1 only if none of the conditions from
Schedule I is true.
Every 7,500 Miles(12 500 km)
Engine Oil and Filter Change (or every 12 months,
whichever occurs first)
Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first)
At 7,500 Miles (12 500 km) Then Every
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
Tire Rotation
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
Engine Accessory Drive Belt Inspection (or every
24 months,whichever occurs first)
Cooling System Service (or every 24 months,
whichever occurs first)
Spark Plug WireInspection (except 2.3L Code D engine)
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Inspection
(2.2L Code 4 Engine Only)
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
Automatic Transaxle Service (severe conditionsonly)
Every 100,000 Miles(166 000 km)
Spark Plug Replacement
-
I
Maintenance Schedule I
:I
;
~
3,000 Miles (5 000 km)
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
( 166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km)at the same intervals.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Footnotes
3'The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure toperform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of vehicle useful life. We, however, urge that
all recommended maintenance services be performed at
the ,jndic&ed i-ntemds and the maintenance be recorded.
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
Maintenance Schedule I
I
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxleshift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
I
DATE
I
L
ACTUAL MILEAGE
JSERVICED BYJ
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-7
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
1
12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil a.nd filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
A n Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
I
DATE
7-a
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
IMaintenance
~
Schedule
I
I
~~~
18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y I
7-9
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
I
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
27,000 Miles (45000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service,
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
7-10
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
Maintenance Schedule I
30,000 Miles (50000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Replace air cleaner filter. Replace filter
3 months, whichever occurs first).
more often under dusty conditions.
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
[7 Inspect engine accessory drive belt (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what
to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure
test the cooling system and pressure cap.
0Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Servicu.
-t-
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
A n Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
An Ernission Control Service.
0Inspect spark plug wires (except 2.3L Code
D engine). An Emission Control Service.
7-11
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
I
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
CI Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
I
I
DATE
7-12
1
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
Maintenance Schedule I
I
39,000 Miles (65 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Corztrol Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-13
I Maintenance Schedule I I
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
A1.z E~nissionControl Service.
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
I
7-14
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y I
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
I
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
I7 Change automatic transaxle fluidand filter
if the vehicle ismainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32 O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of
these conditions, the fluid and filter donot
require changing.
Manual transaxle fluiddoesn’t require
change.
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY.
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
I
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
549000Miles (90 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
A11 Emission Cotltrol Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
I
DATE
7-16
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY: I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
1
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
An E~nissionControl Service.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what
to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure
test the cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emissiorr Control Service.
(Continued)
7-17
1
Maintenance Schedule I
I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
Inspect spark plug wires (except 2.3L Code
D engine). An Emission Contrd Service.
0Replace air cleaner filter. Replace filter
more often under dusty conditions.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service,
A n Ernissiorz Corltrol Senice.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
AI?Ernissioll Control Service.?
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
A ~ Eruissioll
I
Control Service.
I
7-18
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I MaintenanceSchedule
I
I
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
Art Emission Corltrol Service.
An Emission Control Service.
17 Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
I
1
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-19
I MaintenanceSchedule
I
I
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Enzission Control Service.
Au Enlissioll Control Service.
Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. Alz Emission Corztrol Service.
DATE
ACTUAL
r
7-20
MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
MaintenanceSchedule I
I
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
c]Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Ewissiolz Control Service.
Atz Emission Cortfrol Serr?ic:e.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-21
I
Maintenance Schedule I
I
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emissiorz Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
7-22
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
Maintenance ScheduleI
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
An Enzission Control Service.
0Inspect spark plug wires (except 2.3L Code
D engine). An Emissiou Control Setvice.
0 Replace air cleaner filter. Replace filter
more often under dusty conditions.
An Emission Control Ser\?ice.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emissiorz Control Serviw.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant’’ in the Index for what
to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure
test the cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.
7-23
Maintenance Schedule I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Contirtued)
93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
CI Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Corztrol Service.?
An Ernission Cmtlv1 Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
r
7-24
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
Maintenance Schedule I
I
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
CI Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emissior? Control Sewice.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I MaintenanceSchedule
I
1
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
Q Replace spark plugs.An Emission Control
Service.
L
lChange automatic transaxle fluid andfilter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traf€ic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle under anyof
these conditions, the fluid
and filter do not
require changing.
Manual transaxle fluid doesn’t require
change.
-
DATE
7-26
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
Maintenance Schedule I1
~
7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(1 66 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals.
Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
A n Ewission Control Service.
Footnotes
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of vehicle useful life. We, however, urge that
all recommended maintenance services be performed at
the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded.
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
.
SERVICED B Y
~~
7-27
I MaintenanceSchedule
I1
I
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
Arz Emission Con,trul Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
DATE
7-28
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
Maintenance Schedule I1
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage(or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
Inspect engine accessory drive belt (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
fl Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what
to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure
test the cooling system and pressure cap.
I
I
I
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect spark plug wires (except 2.3L Code
D engine). An Emission Control Service.
7-29
I MaintenanceSchedule
I1
I
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
I
I
DATE
7-30
1
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE
BY
MaintenanceSchedule I1
~
50,000 Miles (83 000 k t )
Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90" F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police
or
delivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle under any of
these conditions, the fluid and filter do not
require changing.
Manual transaxle fluid doesn't require
change.
I
I
DATE
1
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-31
Maintenance Schedule I1
-
52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Cmtrol Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
I2 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
Ai1
Emission Corztml Service.
Maintenance Schedule I1
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what
to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure
test the cooling system and pressure cap.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. I
0Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect spark plug wires (except 2.3L Code
D engine). An Emission Control Service.
0Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control
Service.
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BYI
7-33
Maintenance Schedule I1
1
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (of every
0Chaoge engine oil andfilter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Ernissiorz Control Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
r
I
I
L
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
MaintenanceSchedule I1
I
82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
I7 Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
and the transaxle shift linkage(or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt (or
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Contr-ulService.
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
r
I
1
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
every 24 months, whichever occurs first).
See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what
to use. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator,
condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure
test the cooling system and pressurecap.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-35
Maintenance Schedule I1
I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued)
97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
0Inspect spark plug wires (except 2.3L Code
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
D engine). An Emission Control Service.
Replace air cleaner filter. Ail E177ission COI~~P’OI
Setvice.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
12 months, whichever occurs first).
A n E11~i.wio11
C m r d Service.
0Lubricate the suspension, steering linkage
and the transaxle shift linkage (or every
12 months, whicheveroccurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
7-36
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
Maintenance Schedule I1
100,000 Miles (I66 000 km)
0Replace spark plugs. AIZEmissior? Com-ol
Service.
-
Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
Manual transaxle fluid doesn't require
change.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-37
Part B: Owner Chews and Services
Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Listed below are owner checksand services which
should be performed at the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
for further details.
Be sure anynecessary repairs are completedat once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown in
Part D.
At Least Once a Month
At Each Fuel Fill
It is importantfor you or a servicestation attendantto
pe$orm these underhood checks at each fuel fill.
Tire Inflation
Check tire inflation. Make sure tires are inflated to the
pressures specified on the Tire-Loading Information
label located on the rear edge of the driver’s door. See
“Tires” in the Index for furtherdetails.
Cassette Deck
Engine Oil Level
Check the engine oil leveland add the proper oil if
necessary. See “Engine Oil”in the Index for further
details.
Engine Coolant Level
Check the enginecoolant level and add the proper
coolant mix if necessary. See “Coolant” in the Index for
further details.
7-38
Clean cassette deck. Cleaningshould be done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems’’ in the Index
for furtherdetails.
At Least Twicea Year
Hydraulic Clutch System Inspection
Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir. See
“Hydraulic Clutch Fluid“ in the Index. A fluid loss in
this system could indicate a problem. Have the system
inspected and repaired at once.
At Least Once a Year
Key Lock Cylinders
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in Part D.
Body Lubrication
Lubricate all body door and rear compartment hinges.
Also lubricate all hinges and latches, including those for
the hood, glove box door, console doorand any folding
seat hardware. Part D tells you what to use. More
frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a
corrosive envlronment.
Starter Switch
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
2 . Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the regular
brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. On automatic transaxle vehicles, try to start the
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). If the starter works in
any other position, yourvehicle needs service.
On manual transaxle vehicles, put the shift lever in
NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway and
try to start the engine. The starter should work only
when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the
floor. I f the starter works when the clutch isn’t
pushed all the way down, your vehicle needs service.
7-39
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock
Transaxle)
-- BTSI (Automatic
Steering ColumnLock
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn
the key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
0
With an automatic transaxle, the key should turn to
LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK (P).
With a manual transaxle, the key should turn to
LOCK only when the shift lever is in
REVERSE (R).
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level
surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the key to the RUN
position, but don’t start the engine.Without applying
the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) with normal effort, If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI needs
service.
7-40
On vehicles with a key release button, try to turn the key
to LOCK without pressing the button. The key should
turn to LOCK only with the key button depressed.
On all vehicles, the key should come out only in LOCK.
Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right. It
should only lock when turned to the right.
Parking Brake and Automatic "ransaxle
PARK (P)
Mechanism Check
To check the parking brake: With the engine running
and transaxle in NEUTRAL (N), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until
the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
0
To check the PARK (P) mechanism's holding ability:
Shift toPARK (P). Then release all brakes.
Underbody Flushing
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to
clean thoroughly any areas wheremud and other debris
can collect.
Park on a fairly steephill, with the vehicle facing
downhill. Keeping your footon the regular brake,set the
parking brake.
7-41
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
Listed below are inspectionsand services which should
be performed at least twice a year (for instance, each
spring and fall). You should let your GM dealer’s
service department or other qualified service center do
these jobs. Make sureany necessary repairs are
completed atonce.
Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure allyour belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, anchorages andreminder systems are
working properly. Look for any loose parts or damage.
If you see anything that might keep a restraint system
from doing itsjob, have it repaired.
Exhaust System Inspection
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body near
the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged, missing or
out-of-position parts as well as open seams, holes, loose
connections, or other conditions which could cause a heat
build-up in the floor panor could let exhaust fumesinto
the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.
Throttle Linkage Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding, and for
damaged or missing parts. Replace partsas needed.
Accelerator and cruise control cables shouldbenot
lubricated.
Manual Transaxle
Check the transaxle fluid level; add if needed. See
“Manual Transaxle” in the Index.A fluid loss may
indicate a problem. Check the system and repair
if needed.
Steering, Suspension and Front-Wheel-DriveBrake System Inspection
Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering
system for damaged, loose ormissing parts, signs of
wear, or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering
lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc. Clean and then inspect the drive
axle boot seals fordamage, tears or leakage. Replace
seals if necessary.
hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing,
etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for
surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings for
wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have
your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
or conditions result in frequent braking.
7-42
~
Part D: Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants
NOTE: Fluids and lubricantsidentified below by name,
part number or specificationmay be obtained from your
GM dealer.
USAGE
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For
Gasoline Engines “Starburst”
symbol of the proper viscosity. To
determine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicle’s engine, see
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
50/50 mixture of water (preferably
distilled) and good quality
ethylene glycol base antifreeze
(GM Part No. 1052753 or
equivalent) conformingto GM
Specification 1825M or approved
recycled coolant conformingto
GM Specification 1825M.
USAGE
Coolant
Supplement
FLUIDLUBRICANT
GM Part No. 3634621 or
equivalent with a complete flush
and refill.
~~
Hydraulic Brake
System
Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid
(GM Part No. 1052535 or
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Hydraulic Clutch
System
Power Steering
System
Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part
No. 12345347 or equivalent).
Manual
Transaxle
Synchromesh Transmission Fluid
(GM Part No. 12345349 or
equivalent).
Automatic
Transaxle
[email protected]
Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock
Cylinders
Lubricate with Multi-Purpose
Lubricant (GM Part No.
12345120) or synthetic
SAE 5W-30 engine oil.
@
GM Hydraulic Power Steering
Fluid (GM Part No. 1052884 or
equivalent).
7-43
USAGE
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Manual
Transaxle Shift
Linkage
Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
Automatic
Transaxle Shift
Linkage
Engine oil.
USAGE
Hood Latch
Assembly
a. Pivots and
a. Engine oil.
Spring Anchor
b. Release Pawl
b. Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. I052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB
or GC-LB.
1 .,,od and Door
Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant
(GM Part No. lOSOl09).
~~
Clutch Linkage
Pivot Points
Engine oil.
Chassis
Lubrication
Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
Windshield
Washer Solvent
GM [email protected] Solvent
(GM Part No. 105 15 15) or
equivalent.
FLUID/IAJBRTCANT
Hinges, Fuel
Door Hinge,
Rear
Compartment
Lid Hinges, Rear
Folding Seat.
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM
Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended
replacement filters, valves and spark plugs.
7-44
Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed,record the
date, odometer reading and who performed the service
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.
Any additional information from “Owner Checksand
Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts. Your owner informationportfolio
is a convenient place to storethem.
7-45
Maintenance Record
DATE
7-46
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
0Section 8
Customer Assistance Information
Here you will find out how to contact Chevroletif you
need assistance. This section alsotells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety
defects.
This section includes information on: The Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, Customer Assistance for
Hearing or Speech Impaired, BBB Auto Line Alternative Dispute Resolution Program, Reporting
Safety Defects, Roadside Assistance, and Service
and
Owner Publications.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are importantto your
dealer and Chevrolet.Normally, any concern with the
sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer’s Salesor Service Departments.
Sometimes, however, despite thebest intentions of all
concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your
concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the
following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member of
dealer management.Normally, concerns canbe quickly
resolved at that level. If the matter has already been
reviewed with the Sales, Service, orParts Manager,
contact the owner of the dealer or the General Manager.
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a memberof dealer
management, it appears your concern cannotbe resolved
by the dealer without further help, contactthe Chevrolet
Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 -800-222- 1020.
In Canada, contactGM of Canada CustomerAssistance
Center in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
In Mexico, call (525) 254-3777. In Puerto Rico, call
1-800-494-9992 (English) or 1-800-496-9993
(Spanish). In the U.S. Virgin Islands, call
1-800-496-9994. In other overseas locations,contact
GM North American Export Sales in Canada by calling
1-905-644-4 1 12.
For prompt assistance, please havethe following
information available to give the Customer Assistance
Representative:
0
Your name, address, home and business telephone
numbers
0
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, orthe plate at
the left top of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
0
Dealer name and location
0
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
0
Nature of concern
We encourage you to call the toll free number listed
previously in order to give your inquiry promptattention.
However, if you wish to write Chevrolet, write to:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet CustomerAssistance Center
P. 0. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
8-2
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information bookletfor addresses of Canadian and GM
Overseas offices.
When contacting Chevrolet,please remember that your
concern will likely be resolved in the dealer, using the
dealer’s facilities, equipmentand personnel. That iswhy
we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a
concern .
Customer Assistance for the Hearing
or Speech Impaired(TDD)
To assist customerswho have hearing difficulties,
Chevrolet has installed special TDD
(Telecommunication Devicesfor the Deaf) equipmentat
its Customer Assistance Center. Any hearing or speech
impaired customerwho has access to a TDD or a
conventional teletypewriter (TTY) can communicate
with Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-TDD-CHEV. (TDD
users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
GM Participation in BBB AUTO
LINE - Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program*
*This program may not be available in all states,
depending on state law. Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet.
General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibility
limitations and/or to discontinue its participation in this
program.
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are
committed to making sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. Our experience has shown that,
if a situation arises whereyou feel your concern has not
been adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure described earlierin this section is very
successful.
There may be instances where an impartial third-party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in
BBB AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle disputesbetween customers and automobile
manufacturers. This programis available freeof charge
to customers who currently ownor lease a GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure,you may contact the BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
and a statementof the nature of your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
8-3
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary
between you and Chevrolet. If this mediation is
unsuccessful, an informal hearing will be scheduled
where eligible customers may present their case to an
impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be
bound by that decision. The entire disputeresolution
procedure should ordinarily take about forty days from
the time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Some state laws may require you to use this program
before filing a claimwith a state-run arbitration program
or in the courts. For furtherinformation, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5100 or the Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0 123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
8-4
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE CANADIAN
GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, OntarioK 1G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this,we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222- 1020,or write:
Chevrolet MotorDivision
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P. 0.Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL 1H 8P7
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program
To enhance Chevrolet’s strong commitmentto customer
satisfaction, Chevrolethas established the
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside AssistanceCenter.
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day, 365
days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
will provide
(1-800-243-8872). This toll free number
you over-the-phone roadside assistancewith minor
mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, our advisorshave access to a
nationwide network of dealer-recommended service
providers. Roadside membershipis free however some
services may incur costs.
8-5
Roadside offers two levels of service to thecustomer,
Basic Care and Cuurtesy '"Care:
ROADSIDE Basic Care PROVIDES:
Toll-free number, 1 -800-CHEV-USA
Free towing for warranty repairs
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
Available dealer services at reasonable costs
(i.e., wrecker services, locksmith/key service, glass
repair, etc.)
Note: Roadside Basic Care applies to all Chevrolet/Geo
vehicles regardless of age or miles.
ROADSIDE Courtesy Care PROVIDES:
Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined above)
Plus:
FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from alegal roadway)
FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost
on the road or locked inside)
FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road)
8-6
FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road)
0
FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on the road)
Note: Courtesy Cure is available to Retail and Retail
Lease Customers operating 1994 and newer
Chevrolet/Geo vehicles for a period of 36
months/36,000 miles. All Courtesy Care services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or Dealer
Service Management.
Basic Cure and Courtes!: Cm-e are not partof or included in the coverage
provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Chevrolet reserves the
right to modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy
at any time.
For complete program details, see your Chevrolet/Geo
dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that will
provide you with quality and priority service. When roadside
services are required, our advisors will explain any payment
obligations that maybe incurred for utilizing outside services.
For prompt assistance when calling, please have the
following information available to give to the advisor:
0
Vehicle Identification Number
0
License plate number
0
Vehicle color
0
Vehicle location
0
Telephone number where you can be reached
0
Vehicle mileage
0
Description of problem
Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus, or other
transportation allowance in lieu of rental for any
overnight warranty repair up to 5 days, OR
Up to $10 daily fuel allowance for rides provided by
another person (i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of
rental for any overnight warranty repair up to 5 days.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangementswill
be administered by your Chevrolet/Geo dealership
service management. Claim amounts shouldreflect
all actual costs.
Courtesy Transportation
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation for
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the
coverage provided by the BUMPER TO BUMPER New
Vehicle Limited Warranty to retail purchasers of 1995
Chevrolet/Geo passenger carsand light duty trucks
(please see your selling dealer for details).
Courtesy Transportation includes:
0
0
One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair.
completed during the same day.
Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance
for any overnight warranty repair up to 5 days, OR
Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation is not part of
the BUMPER TO BUMPER New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo reserves the right to make
any changes or discontinue Courtesy Transportation
at any time without notification.
0
For additional program details contact your
Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
In Canada, please consult your GM dealer for
information on courtesy transportation.
8-7
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Service Bulletins
Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
in Canada or the United States. Please refer to the
separate brochure provided by the dealer or call
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
Service bulletins covering various subjects are regularly
sent to all General Motors’ dealerships. GM monitors
product performance in the field. When service methods
are found which promotebetter service on GM vehicles,
bulletins are created to help the technician perform better
service. Service bulletins may involve any number of
vehicles. Some will describe inexpensive service; others
will describe expensive service. Some will advise of new
or unexpected conditions, and others may help avoid
future costly repairs. Service bulletins are meant for
qualified technicians. In some cases they refer to service
manuals, specialized tools, equipment and safety
procedures necessary to service the vehicle. Since these
bulletins are issued throughout the model year and
beyond, an index is requiredand published quarterly to
help identify specific bulletins. Subscriptions are
available. You can order an index at the toll-free numbers
listed previously, or ask a GM dealerhetailer to see an
index or individual bulletin.
Service and Owner Publications
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manuals and
other service literature are availablefor purchase for all
current and many past model General Motors vehicles.
Toll-free telephone numbers for ordering information:
United States 1-800-55 1-4 123
Canada 1-800-668-5539
Service Manuals
Service manuals contain diagnosis and repair
information for all chassis and body systems. They may
be useful for owners who wish to get a greater
understanding of their vehicle. They are alsouseful for
owners with the appropriate skill level or training who
wish to perform “do-it-yourself” service. Theseare
authentic General Motors service manuals meant for
professional, qualified technicians.
8-8
Owner Publications
Owner’s manuals, warranty folders and various owner
assistance booklets provide owners with general
operation and maintenance information.
NOTES
8-9
NOTES
8-10
NOTES
Q 11
NOTES
8-12
NOTES
8-13
NOTES
8-14
NOTES
8-15
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
8-18
0Section 9
Index
Adding
Automatic Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 18. 6- 19
BrakeFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-27
Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 1 , 2- 12, 3- 12, 6-5 1
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5- 16, 6-22
6-11
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Clutch Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-20
Manual Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 19
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-12
SoundEquipment
Windshield Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32, 6-25
1-18
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Howitworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-20
1-20
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-24
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
What Will You See After it inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 1
Air Bag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-20, 2-61
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-15
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2
Air Conditioning Compressor Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
6-39
Alignment and Balance, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum Wheels, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Antenna.FixedMast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-14
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 2.63.4.6
4-6
Anti-LockBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-Theft Feature. CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
5.16.6.22
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-23
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
Appearance Care and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-44
Audiosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
AutoDown Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Automatic Transaxle. Four Speed
Automatic Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-17
First(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Neutral (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-15
Park(P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
2-15
Reverse(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
2-17
Third (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transaxle. Three Speed
Drive(D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
2-16
First(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neutral (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-15
9-1
Park(P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Reverse(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-16
Second(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
Shifting ....................................
Automatic Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 16. 6- 19
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 18. 6- 19
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.16.6.19
6-29
Battery. LOW Maintenance .......................
2-4 1
Battery Rundown Protection ......................
Battery Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2. 5.4
BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-3
6-28
Brake Adjustment ..............................
6-27
Brake Fluid. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-26
Brake Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BrakePedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-28
6-28
Brake System Parts. Replacing ....................
Brake System Warning Light ......................
2-62
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24. 7-40
6-27
BrakeWear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake. Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-21
Brakes. Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-6
4-33
Brakes. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4-8
Braking in Emergencies ...........................
BTSI (Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock) . . . . . . . . . 2-24. 7-40
Bulbs, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-56
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
9-2
Canadian Roadside Assistance ....................
8-8
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Carbon Monoxide ....................
2.25.4.25.4.33
Cassette Tape Player Care ........................
3-13
3-9
CDErrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD Player Anti-Theft Feature .....................
3- I O
Center Console Compartment .....................
2-46
1-31
Center Passenger Position ........................
Certification/TIre Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4-33
Chains. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-41
Chains. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
2-68
Check Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-64
Check Gages Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-66
CheckOilLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking
Automatic Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 16. 6- 19
BrakeFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
6-23
Enginecoolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
6-20
Hydraulic Clutch Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-19
6-24
Power Steering Fluid .........................
Things Under the Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-34
Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
1-34
Wheretoput ................................
Circuit Breaker. Power Windows and Other
6-54
Power Options ................................
6-15
Cleaner.Air ...................................
Cleaning
6-48
Aluminum Wheels ; ..........................
6-43
Fabric .....................................
6-45
Glass ......................................
Outside of the Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . 6-45
6-44
Special Problems ............................
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
The Inside of Your Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
The Outside of Your Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Top of the Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
6-47
YourConvertibleTop .........................
3-1
Climate Control System ...........................
3-5
Clock, Setting the ................................
6-20
Clutch Adjustment ..............................
3-1
Comfort Controls ................................
3-14
Compact Disc Care .............................
Compact Spare Tire .............................
5-27
Console, Center Compartment .....................
2-46
4-5
Control of a Vehicle ..............................
4-12
Control, Lossof ................................
Convenience Net ................................
2-44
Convertible Top ................................
2-47
6-47
Cleaning ...................................
2-47
LoweringtheTop ............................
Lowering the Top Manually ....................
2-54
Raising the Top ..............................
2-51
Raising the Top Manually ......................
2-54
Convex Outside Mirror ..........................
2-43
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5- 14. 6.21
Coolant Heater. Engine .....................
2- 12. 6. 14
5-16
Coolant Surge Tank .............................
Coolant. How to Add to the Coolant Surge Tank . . . . . . 5-16
5-14
Cooling System ................................
Courtesy Transportation ...........................
8-7
Cruise Control .................................
2-33
2-36
Erasing Speed Memory ........................
2-36
Getting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-35
Increasing Speed .............................
Passing Another Vehicle While Using . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
2-36
ReducingSpeed .............................
Resuming a Set Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-35
2-34
Setting .....................................
2-36
UseonHills ................................
CupHolders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-46
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired . . 8-2
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ....................
6-48
Damage. Finish ...............................
Damage. Sheet Metal ............................
6-48
Daytime Running Lamps .........................
2-38
5-2
Dead Battery ...................................
Defects. Reporting ...............................
8-4
4-1
Defensive Driving ...............................
Defogger.Rear Window ..........................
3-4
3-3
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defrosting . 's' ..................................
3-3
Delco LOC I1 Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
Drive (D). 3 Speed Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
9-3
Driver Position .................................
1- 10
Driver’s Seat Manual Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Driving
4-13
AtNight ...................................
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17
4-1
Defensive ...................................
Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4- I8
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-24
In a Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
In the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4- 14
4-8
OnCurves ...................................
OnGrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
On Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4-23
On Snow and Ice .............................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2- I2
Through Deep Standing Water
4-22
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DrunkenDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
E a s y Entry Seat ................................
1-4
Electrical Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 12. 6-5 1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-8. 6-9
Enginecoolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
5-16. 6-22
Adding ...............................
Checking ...................................
6-23
Engine Coolant Heater ......................
2- 12. 6. 14
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
2-25
EngineExhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5 1
Engine Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-11
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-14
9-4
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
What Kind to Use ............................
6-12
What to do With Used Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6-14
Whentochange .............................
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Engine, Running It While Your Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Engine, Specifications ...........................
6-57
2-10
Engine, Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethanol (In Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
2-25
Exhaust. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabric Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
2-19
Fifth Gear. Manual Transaxle .....................
6-4
FillingYourTank ................................
Filter. Air Cleaner ..............................
6-15
6-14
Filter, Engine Oil ...............................
Finish Care ....................................
6-46
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-48
First ( 1), 3 Speed Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
First (1 ), 4 Speed Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-19
First Gear, Manual Transaxle ......................
Flash-to-Pass Feature ...........................
2-30
Flashers. Hazard Warning .........................
5-1
Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
6-55, 7-43
Fluids and Lubricants .......................
FogLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-40
Fold-Down Rear Seat ............................
1-5
Foreign Countries. Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
Fourth Gear. Manual Transaxle ....................
2-19..
French Language Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Front Reading Lamps ............................
2-40
Front Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4
FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel. Filling Your Tank . . .........................
Fuel. In Foreign Countries .........................
Fuse Block. Inside Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Block. Under Hood . ........................
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
6-4
6-53
6-54
6-52
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-67
Gasolines for Cleaner Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
2-14
GearPositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-45
Glass,Cleaning
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HoodProp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-20
4-33
6-7
6-6
2-28
6-20
6-20
6-20
4-16
Y
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
5- 1
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4
Headlamp High-Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Headlamp. Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-54
2-37
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamps. Bulb Replacement ....................
6-29
Hearing or Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . 8-2
3-3
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
111
Heritage Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Beam Lamps. How to Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
If
You’re Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . 5-28
2-8
Ignition Key Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illuminated Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
6-53
Inside Vehicle Fuse Block ........................
Inspections
7-42
Brakesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Systems .............................
7-42
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
7-42
Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering. Suspension and Frt-Whl-Drive Axle Boot and
7-42
Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-42
Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-56
InstrumentPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-58
Instrument Panel Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gagecluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-59
2-58
Standard Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Intensity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Instrument Panel. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
9-5
Jack. Tire ....................................
Jump Starting ...................................
5-20
5-2
K e y Lock Cylinders ............................
Key Release Button ..............................
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
2-9
2-1
L a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Lamps On Reminder ............................
2-37
Lane Change Indicator ...........................
2-29
Latches. Front Seatback ...........................
1-4
Leaving Your Vehicle .............................
2-4
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-23
Light. Air Bag Readiness ....................
1-20. 2-61
Light. Safety Belt Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6. 2-61
Lighter and Ashtray .............................
2-44
Lights
Air Bag Readiness ......................
1-20.2-61
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning. . . . . . . . . . . 2-63. 4-6
Brake System Warning ........................
2-62
Charging System .............................
2-66
CheckEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
Check Gages ................................
2-64
CheckOil ..................................
2-66
Low Coolant Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Manual Transaxle Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20. 2-68
Oilwarning .................................
2- 65
PasslockWarning ............................
2-70
1-6. 2-6 1
Safety Belt Reminder .....................
Loading YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Lock. Steering Column ..........................
7-40
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
PowerDoor ..................................
2-4
Rear Door Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Long Trip. Before Leaving on a ....................
4-19
Low Coolant Warning Light ......................
2-64
Low Maintenance Battery ........................
6-29
Lubricants and Fluids .......................
6-55, 7-43
Lubrication.Body ..............................
7-39
Maintenance Record ...........................
7-45
Maintenance Schedule ............................
7-1
Maintenance Schedule. Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants .................................
7-43
Owner Checks and Services ....................
7-38
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Schedule I Definition ..........................
7-4
Schedule I1 Definition ..........................
7-5
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance Schedule I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Maintenance Schedule I1 .........................
7-27
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Maintenance, Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Maintenance, Underbody .........................
6-49
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) . . . . 2-68
ManualFrontSeat ...............................
1-1
Manual Transaxle
Fifth Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-19
FirstGear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-19
FourthGear .................................
2-19
Neutral (N) Position ..........................
2-19
Parking YourVehicle .........................
2-24
Reverse (R) Position ..........................
2-19
SecondGear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-19
Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.20.2.68
Shiftspeeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
2-18
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2- 19
Third Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 19
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-19
Methanol (In Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-42
2-43
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-42
Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
2-42
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MTBE (In Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-44
Neutral (N) Position. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 15
Neutral (N) Position. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
NewVehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
O B D I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
2-59
Odometer. Tamper Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-60
Odometer. Trip
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4- I O
OilWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-65
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Ordering
Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Service Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
8-8
Service Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overdrive (D). 4 Speed Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . 2-17
Overheated Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-12
Owner Checks and Services .......................
7-38
8-8
Owner Publications. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
Park (P) Position. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2-22
Park (P). Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
Park (P). Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-21
ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ParkingLots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Parking on Hills While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
2-25
Parking Over Things That Burn ....................
Parking Your Vehicle. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2-6
Parking. AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10
Passlock Theft-Deterrent System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Passlock Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
2-43
Power Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Power Steering Fluid
6-24
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
1-24
Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts ....................
5-1
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publications. Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
9-7
R a d i o Reception. Understanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- I I
Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5
3-6
AMRM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMFM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
AM/FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Rain. Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I4
Rear Door Security Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
1-25
Rear Seat Outside Position ........................
1-25
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5- 1 I
Rear Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4
Rearview Mirror. Inside Day/Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Remote ControlMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-42
2-5
Remote Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-56
6-57
ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement.Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Replacing Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Replacing Seat and Restraint System Parts After a Crash 1-45
Restraints. Checking Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-45
1-34
Restraints. Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restraints.Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4
Restraints. Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Reverse (R) Position. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 15
Reverse (R) Position. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 19
9-8
Right Front Passenger Position
.................... 1-25
Roadside Assistance ..............................
8-5
8-8
Roadside Assistance. Canadian .....................
Rocking YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Rotation.Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-35
Safety Belt Extender ............................
1-45
Safety Belt Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6. 2.61
SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
6-45
Careof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-10
Center Passenger Position ......................
1-31
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .10
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-45
How to Wear Properly ........................
1.10
Incorrect Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14. 15. 16. 17.43. 44
1-31
LapBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.10. 1-26
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Questions People Ask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-28
Rear Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
1-25
RearSeatPassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing After a Crash .......................
1-45
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13
Use by Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-32
Use by Larger Children ........................
1-42
Use by Smaller Children and Babies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
UseDuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
WhyTheyWork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6
SafetyChains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Safety Defects
8-5
Reporting to General Motors ....................
Reporting to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Reporting to the United States Government . . . . . . . . 8-4
Safety Warnings and Symbols .......................
vi
Scheduled Maintenance Services ....................
7-3
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Driver’s Seat Manual Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-4
Easy Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
Fold-Down Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManualFrontSeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Securing a Child Restraint .....................
1-32
1- I
Seats and Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seats and Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1- 1
Second (2). 3 Speed
2- 16
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second (2), 4 Speed
2- 17
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Gear. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
6-1
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 1
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
8-8
Service Bulletins, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manuals, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
Service Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 1
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
Service Work, Doing YourOwn ....................
6-1
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-48
Shift Light. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20. 2-68
Shift Speeds. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Shifting Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-22
Shifting Out of Park (P) ..........................
2-24
Shifting. Automatic Transaxle .....................
1 .13
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-12
3-12
Sound Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-27
Spare Tire. Compact
6-57
Specifications Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-59
Stains. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-44
Starter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
2-10
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-10
2.2 Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
2.3Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steam. If Coming From Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
4-8
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9
In Emergencies ...............................
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-8
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-40
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel. Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Storage. Of Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Stuck. If You Are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-44
2-46
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Surge Tank Pressure Cap .........................
6-23
...
Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vm
9-9
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Taillamps. Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 1
Tamper Resistant Odometer .......................
2-59
TapePlayerCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
2-6
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
Theft Deterrent. Passlock ..........................
6-24
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third (3). 4 Speed Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 17
2- 19
Third Gear. Manual Transaxle .....................
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
3-5
Time. Setting the ................................
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Tire Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
4-28
TireLoading ...................................
5-20. 6-33
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-39
Alignment and Balance ........................
6-37
BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
ChangingaFlat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare ..............................
5-27
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Inspection and Rotation .......................
6-35
6-39
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-38
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-38
6-38
Uniform Quality Grading ......................
Wear Indicators ..............................
6-36
Wheel Replacement .........................
6-40
6-36
When It’s Time for New .......................
9-10
Top Strap .....................................
1-35
TorqueLock ...................................
2-24
5.25.6.55
Torque. Wheel Nut .........................
4.30.4.36
Towing a Trailer ...........................
5-7
Towing Your Vehicle .............................
Towing. Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Towing.Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-11
4-26
Towing. Recreational Vehicle .....................
Trailer
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-33
Driving on Grades ............................
4-35
4-34
DrivingWitha ..............................
4-33
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-36
Maintenance When Towing
4-35
Parking on Hills .............................
4-33
Safety Chains ...............................
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4-30. 4-36
Towinga ..............................
Turn Signals ................................
4-35
4-32
Weightof ...................................
Trailer Tongue. Weight of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Transaxle Fluid
6-16. 6.19
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-19
Trip Odometer .................................
2-60
2-5
Trunk Release. Remote ...........................
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Turn SignalMultifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
U n d e r Hood Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-54
6-49
Variable Controlled-Cycle Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . 2-3 ..1
Vehicle Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vu
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 1
Vehicle Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-28
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
...
vlll
Vehicle Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle. Control of a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
Ventilation System. Flow-Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-5
Ventilation Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-44
Visors. Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
w a r n i n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
5-1
Warning Flashers. Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
6-46
Washing YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-46
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-25. 6-55
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
6-41
Wheel Replacement. Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindowLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
2-26
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
Auto Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32
WindshieldWasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32. 6-25
Windshield Washer Fluid ....................
2-30
Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Wiper. Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Windshield Wiper. Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Winter. Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-22
6-54
Wiring. Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WreckerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-7
9-11
NOTES
9-12
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement